Sie sind auf Seite 1von 372

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Basic Diagnostic Procedure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure


A: PROCEDURE
1. ENGINE

Step
CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE.
1) Ask the customer when and how trouble
occurred using the interview check list. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-3, CHECK, Check List for
Interview.>
2) Start the engine.

Check
Does the engine start?

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK ILLUMINATION OF MALFUNCTION Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 3.


INDICATOR LIGHT.
light illuminate?

CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON DISPLAY. Does the Subaru Select Moni1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
tor or general scan tool indi2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or gen- cate DTC?
eral scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON and the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool power
switch to ON.
4) Read the DTC on Subaru Select Monitor or
general scan tool.

PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS.


1) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-45, Clear Memory Mode.>
2) Perform the inspection mode. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-36, Inspection Mode.>

Record the DTC


code. Repair the
trouble cause.
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).> Go to
step 4.

Does the Subaru Select Moni- Inspect using


tor or general scan tool indiDiagnostics Procate DTC?
cedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-76,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-2

No
Inspection using
Diagnostics for
Engine Start Failure. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-57,
Diagnostics for
Engine Starting
Failure.>
Inspection using
General Diagnostics Table. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)371, General Diagnostic Table.>
Repair the related
parts.
NOTE:
If a DTC is not
shown on display
although malfunction indicator light
illuminates,
perform diagnostics of
malfunction indicator light circuit or
combination
meter. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-48,
Malfunction Indicator Light.>
Complete the
diagnosis.

Check List for Interview


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

2. Check List for Interview


A: CHECK
1. CHECK LIST No. 1
Check the following items when problem has occurred.
NOTE:
Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Customers name
Date of sale
Date of repair
VIN
Weather

Engine No.
Fuel brand
Odometer reading
Fine
Cloudy
Rainy
Snowy
Various/Others:
C (F)

Outdoor temperature

Place

Engine temperature

Engine speed
Vehicle speed
Driving conditions

Headlight
Blower
A/C compressor
Cooling fan
Front wiper
Rear wiper

km
miles

Hot
Warm
Cool
Cold
Highway
Suburbs
Inner city
Uphill
Downhill
Rough road
Others:
Cold
Warming-up
After warming-up
Any temperature
Others:
rpm
MPH
Not affected
At starting
While idling
At racing
While accelerating
While cruising
While decelerating
While turning (RH/LH)
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF

Rear defogger
Radio
CD/Cassette
Car phone
CB

EN(STI)(diag)-3

ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
ON / OFF

Check List for Interview


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

2. CHECK LIST No. 2


Check the following items about the vehicles state when malfunction indicator light turns on.
NOTE:
Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. Yes / No
Low fuel warning light
Charge indicator light
AT diagnostics indicator light
ABS warning light
Engine oil pressure warning light
b) Fuel level
Lack of gasoline: Yes / No
Indicator position of fuel gauge:
Had run out of gas before: Yes / No
c) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords: Yes / No
What:
d) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses: Yes / No
What:
e) Installing of parts other than genuine parts: Yes / No
What:
Where:
f) Occurrence of noise: Yes / No
From where:
What kind:
g) Occurrence of smell: Yes / No
From where:
What kind:
h) Intrusion of water into engine compartment or passenger compartment: Yes / No
i) Troubles occurred
Engine does not start.
Engine stalls during idling.
Engine stalls while driving.
Engine speed decreases.
Engine speed does not decrease.
Rough idling
Poor acceleration
Back fire
After fire
No shift
Excessive shift shock

EN(STI)(diag)-4

General Description
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

3. General Description

8) Use the ECM mounting stud bolt at the body


head grounding points when measuring voltage
and resistance inside the passenger compartment.

A: CAUTION
1) Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the
ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
CAUTION:
All airbag system connectors are colored yellow. Do not use the electrical test equipment on
these circuit.
Be careful not to damage the airbag system
wiring harness when servicing the ECM, TCM,
main relay and fuel pump relay.
2) Never connect the battery in reverse polarity.
The ECM will be destroyed instantly.
The fuel injector and other part will be damaged
in just a few minutes more.
3) Do not disconnect the battery cables while the
engine is running.
A large counter electromotive force will be generated in the alternator, and this voltage may damage
electronic parts such as ECM, etc.
4) Before disconnecting the connectors of each
sensor and the ECM, be sure to turn the ignition
switch to OFF.
5) Poor contact has been identified as a primary
cause of this problem. To measure the voltage and/
or resistance of individual sensors or all electrical
control modules at the harness side connector, use
a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0.64 mm
(0.025 in). Do not insert the pin more than 5 mm
(0.20 in) into the part.
6) Before removing the ECM from located position,
disconnect two cables on battery.
Otherwise, the ECM may be damaged.
CAUTION:
When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use
the wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage on
the fuel injection system.
7) The connectors to each sensor in the engine
compartment and the harness connectors on the
engine side and body side are all designed to be
waterproof. However, it is still necessary to take
care not to allow water to get into the connectors
when washing the vehicle, or when servicing the
vehicle on a rainy day.

(A)

EN-00069

(A) Stud bolt

9) Use the engine grounding terminal or engine


proper as the grounding point to the body, when
measuring voltage and resistance in the engine
compartment.

EN-01201

10) Every MFI-related part is a precision part. Do


not drop them.
11) Observe the following cautions when installing
a radio in MFI equipped models.
CAUTION:
The antenna must be kept as far apart as possible from the control unit.
(The ECM is located under the steering column,
inside of the instrument panel lower trim panel.)
The antenna feeder must be placed as far as
possible from ECM and MFI harness.
Carefully adjust the antenna for correct
matching.
When mounting a large power type radio, pay
special attention to the three items above mentioned.
Incorrect installation of the radio may affect
the operation of ECM.
12) Before disconnecting the fuel hose, disconnect
the fuel pump connector and crank the engine for
more than 5 seconds to release pressure in the fuel
system. If the engine starts during this operation,
run it until it stops.

EN(STI)(diag)-5

General Description
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

13) Diagnostics should be conducted by rotating


with simple, easy operations and proceeding to
complicated, difficult operations. The most important thing in diagnostics is to understand the customers complaint, and distinguish between the
three causes.
14) On model with ABS, when performing driving
test in jacked-up or lifted-up position, sometimes
the warning light may be lit, but this is not a malfunction of the system. The reason for this is the
speed difference between front and rear wheels.
After diagnosis of engine control system, perform
the ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis function.

B: INSPECTION
Before performing diagnostics, check the following
items which might affect engine problems:

1. BATTERY
1) Measure the battery voltage and specific gravity
of electrolyte.

Standard voltage: 12 V
Specific gravity: Above 1.260
2) Check the condition of main and other fuses,
and harnesses and connectors. Also check for
proper grounding.

2. ENGINE GROUND
Make sure the engine grounding terminal is properly connected to engine.

EN-01201

C: NOTE
1. DESCRIPTION
The on-board diagnostics (OBD) system detects
and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs
of the complex electronic control. Malfunction indicator light in the combination meter indicates occurrence of a fault or trouble.
Further, against such a failure or sensors as may
disable the drive, the fail-safe function is provided
to ensure the minimal driveability.

The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles


within this engine family complies with OBD-II Regulations. The OBD system monitors the components and the system malfunction listed in Engine
Section which affects on emissions.
When the system decides that a malfunction occurs, malfunction indicator light illuminates. At the
same time of the malfunction indicator light illumination or blinking, a DTC and a freeze frame engine conditions are stored into on-board computer.
The OBD system stores freeze frame engine
condition data (engine load, engine coolant temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed, etc.) into on-board computer when it detects
a malfunction first.
If the OBD system detects the various malfunctions including the fault of fuel trim or misfire, the
OBD system first stores freeze frame engine conditions about the fuel trim or misfire.
When the malfunction does not occur again for
three consecutive driving cycles, malfunction indicator light is turned off, but DTC remains at onboard computer.
When troubleshooting the vehicle which complies with OBD-II Regulations, connect the Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle.

2. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM


The Multipoint Fuel Injection (MFI) system is a
system that supplies the optimum air-fuel mixture
to the engine for all the various operating conditions through the use of the latest electronic technology.
With this system fuel, which is pressurized at a constant pressure, is injected into the intake air passage of the cylinder head. The injection quantity of
fuel is controlled by an intermittent injection system
where the electro-magnetic injection valve (fuel injector) opens only for a short period of time, depending on the quantity of air required for one cycle
of operation. In actual operation, the injection quantity is determined by the duration of an electric
pulse applied to the fuel injector and this permits
simple, yet highly precise metering of the fuel.
Further, all the operating conditions of the engine
are converted into electric signals, and this results
in additional features of the system, such as large
improved adaptability, easier addition of compensating element, etc.

EN(STI)(diag)-6

General Description
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

The MFI system also has the following features:


Reduced emission of harmful exhaust gases.
Reduced in fuel consumption.
Increased engine output.
Superior acceleration and deceleration.
Superior startability and warm-up performance in cold weather since compensation is
made for coolant and intake air temperature.

D: PREPARATION TOOL
ILLUSTRATION

TOOL NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
18482AA010
CARTRIDGE
(Newly adopted tool)

REMARKS
Troubleshooting for electrical systems.

ST18482AA010

22771AA030

SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR KIT

ST22771AA030

EN(STI)(diag)-7

Troubleshooting for electrical systems.

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

4. Electrical Component Location


A: LOCATION
1. ENGINE
Control module

(1)

(3) (2)

(4)
EN-01202

(1)
(2)

Engine control module (ECM)


Malfunction indicator light

(3)

Data link connector

(4)

Test mode connector

(2)

EN-01601

EN-00156

(4)
(3)

EN-01204

EN(STI)(diag)-8

EN-01205

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Sensor

(7)

(2)

(5)

(8)

(1)

(5)

(3)

(6)

(4)

(8)
EN-04356

(1)
(2)

Manifold absolute pressure sensor


Engine coolant temperature sensor

(3)
(4)

Electronic throttle control


Knock sensor

(5)
(6)
(7)

Camshaft position sensor


Crankshaft position sensor
Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor

EN(STI)(diag)-9

(8)

Tumble generator valve position


sensor

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(1)
(2)

(3)

EN-01797

EN-00295

(5)

(4)

EN-00297

EN-01798

(6)

(7)
EN-00299

(8)
EN-00301

EN(STI)(diag)-10

EN-00300

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

EN-01799

(1)
(2)

Front oxygen (A/F) sensor


Front catalytic converter

(3)

Rear oxygen sensor

(4)

Rear catalytic converter

(1)

(2)
EN-01800

EN-00303

(3)

(4)
EN-01801

EN(STI)(diag)-11

EN-01802

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(1) (2)

(3) (4)
EN-01207

(1)
(2)

Fuel level sensor


Fuel temperature sensor

(3)

Fuel tank pressure sensor

(4)

Fuel sub level sensor

(3)
(1)

(2)

EN-01208

(4)

EN-01210

EN(STI)(diag)-12

EN-01209

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Solenoid Valve, Actuator, Emission Control System Parts and Ignition System Parts

(2)

(1)

(5)

(5)
(3)

(4)

EN-04357

(1)
(2)

Wastegate control solenoid valve


Purge control solenoid valve

(3)
(4)

Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY


Tumble generator valve actuator

EN(STI)(diag)-13

(5)

Oil flow control solenoid valve

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(2)
(1)

EN-00313

EN-01804

(4)
(3)
EN-01805

EN-01877

EN(STI)(diag)-14

EN-01806

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(5)

EN-01212

(1)
(2)

Pressure control solenoid valve


Canister

(3)
(4)

Drain valve
Drain filter

(5)

Fuel tank sensor control valve

(1)

(2)

EN-01214

EN-01213

(4)

(5)

(3)
EN-01215

EN(STI)(diag)-15

EN-00234

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(2) (3)

(1)

(4)

(8) (7) (6) (5) (9)


EN-01807

(1)
(2)
(3)

Fuel pump
Main relay
Fuel pump relay

(4)
(5)
(6)

Fuel pump control unit


Radiator main fan relay 1
Radiator main fan relay 2

(7)
(8)
(9)

(2)

Radiator sub fan relay 1


Radiator sub fan relay 2
Starter

(3)

(1)

EN-01808

EN-01217

(5)
(4)

(6)
(7)
(8)

EN-01809

EN(STI)(diag)-16

EN-04358

Electrical Component Location


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

(9)

EN-01811

2. TRANSMISSION
Solenoid Valve and Switch

EN-00192

(1)

Neutral position switch

EN(STI)(diag)-17

Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

To B135

To B134
7 6 5 4 3
17 16 15 14 13 12 11
27 26 25 24 23 22 21
34 33
32 31

7 6 5 4 3
2 1
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
27 26
25 24
23 22 21 20
35 34
33 32
31 30 29 28

2 1
10 9 8
20 19 18
30 29 28

To B137

To B136
6 5
4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
30 29 28
35 34 33 32 31

7 6 5 4 3 2 1
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
25 24
23 22 21 20 19 18
31 30
29 28
27 26

EN-01812

Content

Signal (V)

Connector
No.

Terminal No.

B135
B135
B135
B137
B137

10
22
31
25
31

Ignition SW ON
(Engine OFF)
0
0
0
0
0

B136

35

B134

Engine ON (Idling)

Note

7 +7
0
0
0 0.9
0

Sensor output waveform

0 1.0

Sensor output waveform

B134

0 1.0

Sensor output waveform

B135

0 1.0

Sensor output waveform

B136

14

1.0 1.4

1.0 1.4

After warm-up the engine.

B136

35

After warm-up the engine.

Vehicle speed signal

B135

26

0 or 5

0 or 5

Signal
Shield
GND
Intake air temperature
sensor signal

B136
B136
B136

23
32
31

0
0

0.3 4.5
0
0

5 and 0 are repeatedly displayed when vehicle is driven.

B136

13

0.3 4.6

0.3 4.6

B136

27

B136

16

B136

35

Crankshaft
position
sensor
Rear oxygen sensor

Signal (+)
Signal ()
Shield
Signal
Shield
GND (sensor)
Signal 1

Front oxygen (A/F)


sensor
Signal 2
heater
Rear oxygen sensor
heater signal
Engine
Signal
coolant
GND (sentemperature sensor sor)

Mass air
flow sensor

Tumble
generator
valve position sensor
RH

Signal
Power supply
GND (sensor)

Fully closed: 3.8 4.9


Fully opened: 0.2 0.9

EN(STI)(diag)-18

Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Signal (V)
Ignition SW ON
Engine ON (Idling)
(Engine OFF)
Fully closed: 3.8 4.9
Fully opened: 0.2 0.9

Connector
No.

Terminal No.

B136

26

B136

16

B136

35

B134

0 or 10 13

0 or 12 14

Sensor output waveform

B134

0 or 10 13

0 or 12 14

Sensor output waveform

B134

11

0 or 10 13

0 or 12 14

Sensor output waveform

B134

10

0 or 10 13

0 or 12 14

Sensor output waveform

B134

32

0 or 10 13

0 or 12 14

Sensor output waveform

B137

B137

17

Ignition switch

B137

14

Neutral position switch

B137

Knock sensor

Test mode connector


Signal
Shield

B137
B136
B136

15
25
33

0
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0
12 14
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0
12 14
2.8
0

Cranking: 8 14

A/C switch

0
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0
10 13
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0
10 13
2.8
0

Back-up power supply

B135

19

10 13

12 14

Sensor power supply


#1
#2
Ignition
control
#3
#4
#1
#2
Fuel injector
#3
#4
Fuel pump Signal 1
control unit Signal 2

B135
B135
B136
B135
B135
B135
B135
B136
B136
B136
B136
B135
B137

5
6
16
18
17
16
15
6
5
4
3
27
28

A/C relay control

B135

33

B135

25

B135

24

10 13
10 13
5
0
0
0
0
10 13
10 13
10 13
10 13
0 or 5
10 13
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 10 13
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 10 13
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 10 13

12 14
12 14
5
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
1 14
1 14
1 14
1 14
0 or 5
12 14
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0.5 or less
OFF: 12 14

B134

17

B134

23

B134

14

ON: 1 or less
OFF: 10 13

0 13, or more
ON: 1 or less
OFF: 12 14

Content

Tumble
generator
valve position sensor
LH

Signal

Power supply
GND (sensor)
Tumble generator valve
RH (open)
Tumble generator valve
RH (close)
Tumble generator valve
LH (open)
Tumble generator valve
LH (close)
Wastegate control solenoid valve
Starter switch

Control unit power supply

Radiator fan relay 1 control


Radiator fan relay 2 control
Malfunction indicator
lamp
Engine speed output
Purge control solenoid
valve

EN(STI)(diag)-19

Note

When connected: 0

Ignition switch OFF:


10 13

Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Waveform
Sensor output waveform

Light ON: 1 or less


Light OFF: 10 14
Waveform
Sensor output waveform

Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Signal (V)

Connector
No.

Terminal No.

B136

22

Ignition SW ON
(Engine OFF)
1.7 2.4

B136

16

B136

35

B136

21

2.3 2.7

2.3 2.7

The valve operates when fuel


filler cap is removed and reinstalled.

B136

35

B134

12

B134

13

B134

24

B136

20

ON: 1 or less
OFF: 10 13
ON: 1 or less
OFF: 10 13
ON: 1 or less
OFF: 10 13
0.12 4.75

ON: 1 or less
OFF: 12 14
ON: 1 or less
OFF: 12 14
ON: 1 or less
OFF: 12 14
0.12 4.75

B136

12

2.5 3.8

2.5 3.8

B137

24

Small light switch

B137

12

Blower fan switch

B137

13

Rear defogger switch

B137

11

ON: 0
OFF: 10 13
ON: 0
OFF: 10 13
ON: 0
OFF: 10 13

B137

10

10 13

ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0
OFF: 12 14

B134

33

2.8 3.2

2.8 3.2

B134

26

2.4 2.7

2.4 2.7

B134

25

B137

20

B137
B135
B135
B135
B137
B137

7
12
4
1
1
2

Less than 1 More


than 4
0
0
0
0
0
0

Less than 1 More


than 4
0
0
0
0
0
0

B134

B134

B135

0 0.9

B135

0 0.9

Content

Manifold
absolute
pressure
sensor

Fuel tank
pressure
sensor

Signal
Power supply
GND (sensor)
Signal

GND (sensor)
Pressure control solenoid valve
Drain valve
Fuel tank sensor control
valve
Fuel level sensor
Fuel temperature sensor
signal
Blow-by leak diagnosis
signal

Power steering oil pressure switch


Front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal (+)
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal ()
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor shield
SSM/GST communication line
GND (injectors)
GND (ignition system)
GND (power supply)
GND (control systems)
GND (front oxygen (A/F)
sensor heater 1)
GND (front oxygen (A/F)
sensor heater 2)
Camshaft position sensor (LH)
Camshaft position sensor (RH)

Engine ON (Idling)

Note

1.1 1.6

ON: 0
OFF: 4.7 5.3
ON: 0
OFF: 4.7 5.3

EN(STI)(diag)-20

Ambient temperature:
25C (77F)
When disconnection (malfunction): 5

Sensor output waveform


Sensor output waveform

Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Signal (V)
Ignition SW ON
Engine ON (Idling)
(Engine OFF)
0.64 0.72
0.64 0.72
Fully opened: 3.96
(After engine warm-up)
1.51 1.58
1.51 1.58
Fully opened: 4.17
(After engine warm-up)

Connector
No.

Terminal No.

B136

18

B136

29

B136

16

B137

B137

Duty waveform

Duty waveform

Driving frequeney: 500 Hz

B137

Duty waveform

Duty waveform

Driving frequeney: 500 Hz

B137

10 13

12 14

B135

35
19

ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0

When ignition switch is ON:


ON

B134

ON: 010
OFF: 13
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0

B134

29

B134

18

ON: 10 13
OFF: 0

ON: 12 14
OFF: 0

B134

28

B136

17

Fully closed: 1
Fully opened: 3.5

Fully closed: 1
Fully opened: 3.5

B136

15

B136

34

B136

28

Fully closed: 1
Fully opened: 3.5

Fully closed: 1
Fully opened: 3.5

B136

16

B136

35

Cruise control set light

B134

16

Main light

B134

15

Clutch switch

B134

SET/COAST switch

B136

11

Brake switch 1

B136

Brake switch 2

B136

Content
Main
Sub
Electronic
throttle conPower suptrol
ply
GND (sensor)
Electronic throttle control
motor (+)
Electronic throttle control
motor ()
Electronic throttle control
motor power supply
Electronic throttle control
motor relay
Oil flow
Signal (+)
control
solenoid
Signal ()
valve (LH)
Oil flow
Signal (+)
control
solenoid
valve (RH) Signal ()
Main sensor signal
Main power
supply
GND (main
Accelerasensor)
tor pedal
position
Sub sensensor
sor signal
Sub power
supply
GND (sub
sensor)

ON: 0
OFF: 10 13
ON: 0
OFF: 10 13
When clutch pedal is
depressed: 0
When clutch pedal is
released: 10 13
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0
When brake pedal is
depressed: 0
When brake pedal is
released: 10 13
When brake pedal is
depressed: 10 13
When brake pedal is
released: 0

ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
ON: 0
OFF: 12 14
When clutch pedal is
depressed: 0
When clutch pedal is
released: 12 14
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0
When brake pedal is
depressed: 0
When brake pedal is
released: 12 14
When brake pedal is
depressed: 12 14
When brake pedal is
released: 0

EN(STI)(diag)-21

Note
Fully closed: 0.6
Fully opened: 3.96
Fully closed: 1.48
Fully opened: 4.17

Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Content

Connector
No.

Terminal No.

RESUME/ACCEL switch

B136

10

Main switch

B136

Input/Output
1. Rear oxygen sensor

Signal (V)
Ignition SW ON
(Engine OFF)
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0
ON: 10 13
OFF: 0

Note

Engine ON (Idling)
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0
ON: 12 14
OFF: 0

Measuring condition
5 minutes after driving
at a constant speed of
80 113 km/h (50
70 MPH)

Waveform

Rear O2
Sensor

A/F Sensor #1

Rear O2
Sensor

A/F Sensor #1

EN-04680

2. Rear oxygen sensor

While idling (Oxygen


sensor in active status)

Rear O2
Sensor

Rear O2
Sensor

EN-04681

EN(STI)(diag)-22

Engine Condition Data


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

6. Engine Condition Data


A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
Content

Specified data
19.2 38.88 (%): Idling
23.7 50.0 (%): 2,500 rpm racing

Engine load

Measuring condition:
After warm-up the engine.
Gear position is in neutral position.
A/C is turned to OFF.
All accessory switches are turned to OFF.

EN(STI)(diag)-23

Data Link Connector


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

7. Data Link Connector


A: NOTE
This connector is used both for the general scan tools and Subaru Select Monitor.
CAUTION:
Do not connect any scan tools other than the general scan tools and Subaru Select Monitor, because
the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged.

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

EN-00037

Terminal No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Contents
Power supply
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank

Terminal No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

EN(STI)(diag)-24

Contents
Blank
Subaru Select Monitor/general scan tool signal
Blank
Ground
Ground
Blank
Blank
Blank

General Scan Tool


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

8. General Scan Tool


A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
1) Prepare a general scan tool required by SAE
J1978.
2) Open the cover and connect the general scan
tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of instrument panel (on the drivers side).

EN-01163

3) Using the general scan tool, call up DTC and


freeze frame data.

General scan tool functions consist of:


(1) MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic
data
(2) MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data
(3) MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain
DTC
(4) MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related
diagnostic information
(5) MODE $06: Request on-board monitoring
test results for non-continuously monitored systems
(6) MODE $07: Request on-board monitoring
test results for continuously monitored systems
(7) MODE $09: Request vehicle information
Read out the data according to repair procedures.
(For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Operation Manual.)
NOTE:
For details concerning DTC, refer to the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)


Refers to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output and/or the
powertrain system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
PID
01
03
04
05
06
07
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
13
15
1C
24
34

Data
Number of emission-related powertrain DTC and malfunction indicator light status and diagnosis support information
Fuel system control status
Calculated engine load value
Engine coolant temperature
Short term fuel trim
Long term fuel trim
Intake manifold absolute pressure
Engine revolution
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing advance
Intake air temperature
Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor
Throttle valve absolute opening angle
Check whether oxygen sensor is installed.
Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor
Supporting OBD system
A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage
A/F value and A/F sensor current

Unit of measure

%
C
%
%
kPa
rpm
km/h

C
g/sec
%

V and %

and V
and mA

NOTE:
Refer to general scan tool manufacturers instruction manual to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE $01).

EN(STI)(diag)-25

General Scan Tool


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)


Refers to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is sensed by the on-board diagnosis system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
PID
02
03
04
05
06
07
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
15

Data
DTC that caused CARB required freeze frame data storage
Fuel system control status
Calculated engine load value
Engine coolant temperature
Short term fuel trim
Long term fuel trim
Intake manifold absolute pressure
Engine revolution
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing advance
Intake air temperature
Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor
Throttle valve opening angle
O2 sensor output voltage and O2 sensor short term fuel trim

Unit of measure

%
C
%
%
mmHg
rpm
km/h

C
g/sec
%
V and %

NOTE:
Refer to general scan tool manufacturers instruction manual to access freeze frame data (MODE $02).

4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC))


Refer to Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for information about data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-35, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)


Refers to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnostic
information).
NOTE:
Refer to general scan tool manufacturers instruction manual to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (MODE $04).

6. MODE $06
Refer to test value of troubleshooting and data of test limit on support data bit sequence table. List of support
data is shown in the following table.
TID
$01
$03

CID
$01
$01
$02
$03

Test value & Test limit


Catalyst system efficiency below threshold
Evaporative emission control system large leak
Evaporative emission control system small leak
Evaporative emission control system very small leak
O2 sensor circuit slow response (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

$05

$01

$06

$01
$02

O2 sensor circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

$07

$01

O2 sensor circuit slow response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

$0C

$01
$01
$02

Coolant thermostat (Coolant temperature below thermostat regulating temperature)

$0F

Drain valve range/performance

7. MODE $07
Refer to data of DTC (pending code) for troubleshooting result about emission in first time.

EN(STI)(diag)-26

General Scan Tool


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

8. MODE $09
Refer to data of vehicle specification (VIN, calibration ID, etc.).

EN(STI)(diag)-27

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

9. Subaru Select Monitor

5) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and


Subaru Select Monitor power switch to ON.

A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

(A)

1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to


EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL, General
Description.>

EN-00040

(A) Power switch

6) Using the Subaru Select Monitor, call up the


DTC and various data, and then record them.
EN-00038

2) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru Select


Monitor.
3) Insert the cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,
General Description.>

2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE


(DTC) FOR ENGINE. (NORMAL MODE)
Refer to Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for
information about how to indicate DTC. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-35, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE


(DTC) FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
Refer to Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for
information about how to indicate DTC. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-35, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

EN-00039

4) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link


connector.
(1) Data link connector is located in the lower
portion of instrument panel (on the drivers side).

EN-01163

(2) Connect the diagnosis cable to data link


connector.
CAUTION:
Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.

EN(STI)(diag)-28

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. (NORMAL MODE)


1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES]
key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES]
key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until desired data is shown.
A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Contents
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed signal
Engine speed signal
Engine coolant temperature signal
Ignition timing signal
Throttle position signal
Injection pulse width
Fuel pump duty control signal
A/F sensor current
A/F sensor resistance
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor lambda value
Rear oxygen sensor output signal

Display
Battery Voltage
Vehicle Speed
Engine Speed
Coolant Temp.
Ignition Timing
Throttle Opening Angle
Fuel Injection #1 Pulse
Fuel Pump Duty
A/F Sensor #1 Current
A/F Sensor #1 Resistance
A/F Sensor #1
Rear O2 Sensor

Short term fuel trim


Knock sensor correction

A/F Correction #1
Knocking Correction

Atmospheric absolute pressure signal

Atmosphere Pressure

Intake manifold relative pressure signal

Mani. Relative Pressure

Intake manifold absolute pressure signal

Mani. Absolute Pressure

A/F correction (short term fuel trim) by rear oxygen sensor


Long term whole fuel trim
Canister purge control solenoid valve duty ratio
Primary supercharged pressure control signal
Tumble generator valve position sensor signal (right side)
Tumble generator valve position sensor signal (left side)
Accelerator position
VVT advanced timing (R)
VVT advanced timing (L)
OCV duty ratio (R)
OCV duty ratio (L)
OCV duty current (R)
OCV duty current (L)
Throttle motor duty
Throttle power supply voltage
Sub-throttle sensor voltage
Main-throttle sensor voltage
Sub-accelerator sensor voltage
Main-accelerator sensor voltage
Memorized cruise speed
Roughness Monitor for #1 cylinder

A/F Correction #3
A/F Learning #1
CPC Valve Duty Ratio
Primary Control
TGV Position Sensor R
TGV Position Sensor L
Accel.Opening Angle
VVTAdv.Amount R
VVTAdv.Amount L
OCV Duty R
OCV Duty L
OCV Current R
OCV Current L
Throttle Motor Duty
Throttle Motor Voltage
Sub-Throttle Sensor
Main-Throttle Sensor
Sub-Accelerator Sensor
Main-Accelerator Sensor
Memorized Cruise Speed
Roughness Monitor #1

EN(STI)(diag)-29

Unit of measure
V
km/h or MPH
rpm
C or F
deg
%
ms
%
mA
ohm

V
%
deg
mmHg or kPa or inHg or
psi
mmHg or kPa or inHg or
psi
mmHg or kPa or inHg or
psi
%
%
%
%
V
V
%
deg
deg
%
%
mA
mA
%
V
V
V
V
V
km/h

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Contents
Roughness Monitor for #2 cylinder
Roughness Monitor for #3 cylinder
Roughness Monitor for #4 cylinder
Fuel level signal
Intake air temperature signal
Mass air flow sensor signal
Mass air flow sensor signal

Display
Roughness Monitor #2
Roughness Monitor #3
Roughness Monitor #4
Fuel Level
Intake Air Temp.
Mass Air Flow
Air Flow Sensor Voltage

Fuel tank pressure signal

Fuel Tank Pressure

Fuel temperature signal


AT/MT identification signal
Fuel pressure control signal
Drain valve signal
Tank sensor control solenoid valve signal
ETC Motor Relay
Clutch SW
Stop light SW
SET/COAST SW
RESUME/ACCEL SW
Brake SW
Main SW
Ignition switch signal
Test mode signal
Neutral position switch signal
Air conditioning switch signal
Air conditioning signal
Radiator main fan relay signal
Blow-by leak diagnosis SW
Knocking signal
Radiator sub fan relay signal
Power steering switch signal
Rear oxygen sensor rich signal

Fuel Temp.
AT Vehicle ID Signal
PCV Solenoid Valve
Vent. Solenoid Valve
Tank Sensor Cntl Valve
ETC Motor Relay
Clutch Switch
Stop Light Switch
SET/COAST Switch
RESUME/ACCEL Switch
Brake Switch
Main Switch
Ignition Switch
Test Mode Signal
Neutral Position Switch
A/C Switch
A/C Compressor Signal
Radiator Fan Relay #1
Blow-by Leak Connector
Knocking Signal
Radiator Fan Relay #2
P/S Switch
Rear O2 Rich Signal

Starter switch signal


Idle switch signal
Crankshaft position sensor signal
Camshaft position sensor signal
Rear defogger switch signal
Blower fan switch signal
Small light switch signal
Tumble generator valve output signal
Tumble generator valve drive signal

Starter Switch
Idle Switch
Crankshaft Position Sig.
Camshaft Position Sig.
Rear Defogger SW
Blower Fan SW
Light Switch
TGV Output
TGV Drive

Unit of measure

V
C or F
g/s
V
mmHg or kPa or inHg or
psi
C or F
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
OPEN or CLOSE

NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-30

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

5. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)


1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES]
key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES] key.
6) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
7) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until desired data is shown.
A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Contents

Unit of measure

ON or OFF
Complete or incomplete
Complete or incomplete
Complete or incomplete
Complete or incomplete
No support
Complete or incomplete
No support
No support
Complete or incomplete

Test of oxygen sensor heater

Display
Number of DTC
MI (MIL)
Misfire monitoring
Fuel system monitoring
Component monitoring
Catalyst Diagnosis
Heated catalyst
Evaporative purge system
Secondary air system
A/C system refrigerant
Oxygen sensor
O2 Heater Diagnosis

Test of EGR system


Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1
Engine load data
Engine coolant temperature signal
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor

EGR system
Fuel System for Bank 1
Calculated load value
Coolant Temp.
Short term fuel trim B1
Long term fuel trim B1

Intake manifold absolute pressure signal

Mani. Absolute Pressure

Engine speed signal


Vehicle speed signal
Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder
Intake air temperature signal
Intake air amount
Throttle position signal
Oxygen sensor #11
Oxygen sensor #12
Rear oxygen sensor output signal
Air fuel ratio correction by rear oxygen sensor
On-board diagnostic system
A/F sensor output signal
A/F lambda signal
A/F lambda signal #11
A/F sensor current #11

Engine Speed
Vehicle Speed
Ignition timing adv. #1
Intake Air Temp.
Mass Air Flow
Throttle Opening Angle
Oxygen Sensor #11
Oxygen Sensor #12
Oxygen Sensor #12
Short term fuel trim #12
OBD System
A/F sensor #11
A/F sensor #11
A/F sensor #11
A/F sensor #11

No support

%
C or F
%
%
mmHg or kPa or inHg or
psi
rpm
km/h or MPH

C or F
g/s
%

V
%
CARB-OBD2
V

mA

Number of DTC
Malfunction indicator light status
Monitoring test of misfire
Monitoring test of fuel system
Monitoring test of comprehensive component
Test of catalyst
Test of heated catalyst
Test of evaporative emission purge control system
Test of secondary air system
Test of air conditioning system refrigerant
Test of oxygen sensor

Complete or incomplete

NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-31

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)


1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES]
key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {Freeze Frame Data} and press the [YES] key.
A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Contents
DTC for freeze frame data
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 2
O2 sensor output voltage

Display
Freeze frame data
Fuel system for Bank1
Fuel system for Bank2

Unit of measure
DTC
Closed loop or Open loop
Open loop

Oxygen Sensor #12

Short term fuel trim by O2 sensor

Short term fuel trim #12

Engine load data


Engine coolant temperature signal
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal
Engine speed signal
Vehicle speed signal
Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder
Intake air temperature signal
Intake air amount
Throttle position signal

Calculated load value


Coolant Temp.
Short term fuel trim B1
Long term fuel trim B1
Mani. Absolute Pressure
Engine Speed
Vehicle Speed
Ignition timing adv. #1
Intake Air Temp.
Mass Air Flow
Throttle Opening Angle

%
C or F
%
%
mmHg, kPa, inHg or psi
rpm
km/h or MPH

C or F
g/s
%

NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-32

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

7. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE


1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES]
key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES]
key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data & LED Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Contents
Ignition switch signal
Test mode signal
Neutral position switch signal
Air conditioning switch signal
Air conditioning relay signal
Radiator main fan relay signal
Knocking signal
Radiator sub fan relay signal

Display
Ignition Switch
Test Mode Signal
Neutral Position Switch
A/C Switch
A/C Compressor Signal
Radiator Fan Relay #1
Knocking Signal
Radiator Fan Relay #2

Message
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF

Rear oxygen sensor rich signal

Rear O2 Rich Signal

ON or OFF

Starter switch signal


Idle switch signal

Starter Switch Signal


Idle Switch Signal

ON or OFF
ON or OFF

Crankshaft position sensor signal

Crankshaft Position Signal

ON or OFF

Camshaft position sensor signal

Camshaft Position Signal

ON or OFF

Power steering switch signal


Rear defogger switch signal
Blower fan switch signal
Small light switch signal
Tumble generator valve actuator
signal
Tumble generator valve drive signal

P/S Switch
Rear Defogger Switch
Blower Fan Switch
Light Switch

ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF

LED ON requirements
When ignition switch is turned to ON.
When test mode connector is connected.
When neutral position signal is entered.
When air conditioning switch is turned ON.
When air conditioning relay is in function.
When radiator main fan relay is in function.
When knocking signal is entered.
When radiator sub fan relay is in function.
When rear oxygen sensor mixture ratio is
rich.
When starter switch signal is entered.
When idle switch signal is entered.
When crankshaft position sensor signal is
entered.
When camshaft position sensor signal is
entered.
When power steering switch is entered.
When rear defogger switch is turned ON.
When blower fan switch is turned ON.
When small light switch is turned ON.

TGV Output

ON or OFF

When TGV actuator signal is entered.

Fuel pressure control solenoid

PCV Solenoid Valve

ON or OFF

Drain valve signal


Fuel tank sensor control solenoid
valve signal
Blow-by leak diagnosis SW
Handle SW
ETC motor relay
Clutch SW
Stop SW
SET/CST SW
RES/ACC SW
Brake SW
Main SW

Vent. Solenoid Valve

ON or OFF

Fuel Tank Sensor Ctrl Valve

ON or OFF

Blow-by Leak Connector


Handle SW
ETC Motor Relay
Clutch SW
Stop Light Switch
SET/COAST Switch
RESUME/ACCEL Switch
Brake Switch
Main Switch

ON or OFF
RHD/LHD
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF

Close or
Open

TGV Drive

When TGV moves and valve opens.


When fuel pressure control solenoid valve is
in function.
When drain valve is in function.
When tank sensor control solenoid valve is in
function.
When connected.
When the vehicle is LHD model.
When electronic throttle control is in function.
When clutch switch is turned ON.
When stop light switch is turned ON.
When SET/COAST switch is turned ON.
When RESUME/ACCEL switch is turned ON.
When brake switch is turned ON.
When main switch is turned ON.

NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-33

Subaru Select Monitor


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

8. VIN REGISTRATION
1) On Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine} and press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {VIN Registration}, and then press the [YES] key.
5) Perform the procedure shown on the display.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-34

Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10.Read Diagnostic Trouble


Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL
MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {DTC Display} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the DTC Display display screen, select the
{Current DTC} or {History DTC} and press the
[YES] key.

3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL


Refers to data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC.
For details concerning DTC, refer to the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:
Refer to general scan tool manufacturers instruction manual to access emission-related powertrain
DTC (MODE $03).

NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
For detailed concerning DTC, refer to the List of
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD


MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
{DTC Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Make sure that a DTC is shown on the display
screen.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
For detailed concerning DTC, refer to the List of
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-35

Inspection Mode
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

11.Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
Carry out trouble diagnosis shown in the following DTC table.
When performing trouble diagnosis which is not shown in the DTC table, refer to the next item Drive cycle.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-41, Drive Cycle.>
DTC
P0011

P0031
P0032
P0037
P0038
P0102
P0103
P0107
P0108
P0112
P0113
P0117
P0118
P0122
P0123
P0131

Item
A Camshaft Position-Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance (Bank 1)
A Camshaft Position-Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance (Bank 2)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input
Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A Circuit Low Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A Circuit High Input
O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0132

O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0137

O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0138

O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0182
P0183
P0222
P0223
P0230
P0245
P0327
P0328
P0335
P0336
P0340
P0345
P0447
P0448
P0452
P0453
P0458

Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit Low Input


Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit High Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High Input
Fuel Pump Primary Circuit
Turbo/Super Charger Wastegate Solenoid A Low
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
Crankshaft Position Sensor A Circuit
Crankshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance
Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 2)
Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Open
Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Shorted
Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input
Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input
Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
Low
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input
Vehicle Speed Sensor Intermittent/Erratic/High
Starter Request Circuit

P0021

P0462
P0463
P0502
P0503
P0512

EN(STI)(diag)-36

Condition

Inspection Mode
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P0519
P0604
P0605
P0607
P0638
P0691
P0851
P0852
P1152

Item
Idle Control System Malfunction (Fail-Safe)
Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error
Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error
Control Module Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1)
Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low
Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low
Neutral Switch Input Circuit High
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (Low) (Bank1 Sensor1)

Condition

P1153

O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (High) (Bank1 Sensor1)

P1160
P1400
P1420
P1446
P1447
P1491
P1518
P1560
P2006
P2007
P2008
P2009
P2011
P2012
P2016

Return Spring Failure


Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Circuit Low
Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol. Valve Circuit High
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Circuit Low
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Circuit High
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow-by) Function Problem
Starter Switch Circuit Low Input
Back-up Voltage Circuit Malfunction
Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed (Bank 1)
Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed (Bank 2)
Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit / Open (Bank 1)
Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit Low (Bank 1)
Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit / Open (Bank 2)
Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit Low (Bank 2)
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit Low
(Bank1)
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit High
(Bank1)
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit Low (Bank
2)
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit High (Bank
2)
OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit Open (Bank 1)
OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit Short (Bank 1)
OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit Open (Bank 2)
OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit Short (Bank 2)
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Minimum Stop Performance
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A / B Voltage Rationality
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D / E Voltage Rationality
Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance
Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input

P2017
P2021
P2022
P2088
P2089
P2092
P2093
P2101
P2102
P2103
P2109
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2135
P2138
P2227
P2228
P2229

EN(STI)(diag)-37

Inspection Mode
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

1. PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION


MODE
1) Make sure that the fuel remains approx. half
amount [20 40 2 (5.3 10.6 US gal, 4.4 8.8
Imp gal)] and the battery voltage is 12 V or more.
2) Raise the vehicle using a garage jack and place
on rigid racks or drive the vehicle onto free rollers.
WARNING:
Before raising the vehicle, ensure the parking
brake is applied.
Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a rigid rack.
Secure a rope or wire to the front and rear
towing or tie-down hooks to prevent the lateral
runout of front wheels.
Do not abruptly depress/release the clutch
pedal or accelerator pedal during works even
when engine is operating at low speeds since
this may cause vehicle to jump off free rollers.
In order to prevent the vehicle from slipping
due to vibration, do not place any wooden
blocks or similar items between the rigid racks
and the vehicle.
Since the rear wheels will also rotate, do not
place anything near them. Also, make sure that
nobody goes in front of the vehicle.

2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR


1) After cleaning the memory, check for any remaining unsolved trouble data. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-45, Clear Memory Mode.>
2) Warm up the engine.
3) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL, General
Description.>

EN-00038

4) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru Select


Monitor.
5) Insert the cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,
General Description.>

EN-00039

6) Connect the test mode connector (A) at the lower portion of instrument panel (on the drivers side).

(A)

(A)

(B)

(A) Rigid rack


(B) Free rollers

EN-00333

EN-00041

(A) Test mode connector

EN(STI)(diag)-38

Inspection Mode
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

7) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link


connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the drivers side).

<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>


Release the parking brake.
The speed difference between front and rear
wheels may light either the ABS warning light, but
this indicates no malfunctions. When the engine
control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS
memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis
function.

3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL

EN-01163

1) Warm up the engine.


2) Connect the test mode connector (A) at the lower side of instrument panel (on the drivers side).

CAUTION:
Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
8) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
Subaru Select Monitor power switch to ON.
(A)
(A)

EN-00333

3) Connect the general scan tool to its data link


connector in the lower portion of instrument panel
(on the drivers side).
EN-00040

(A) Power switch

9) On the Main Menu display screen, select the


{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
10) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
11) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
12) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Dealer Check Mode Procedure} and press
the [YES] key.
13) When the Perform Inspection (Dealer Check)
Mode? is shown on the display screen, press the
[YES] key.
14) Perform subsequent procedures as instructed
on the display screen.
If trouble still remains in the memory, the corresponding DTC appears on the display screen.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
For detailed concerning the DTC, refer to the List
of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).

CAUTION:
Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.

EN-01163

4) Start the engine.


NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine.
5) Using the shift lever, turn the N position switch
to ON.
6) Keep the engine speed in 2,500 3,000 rpm
range for 40 seconds.
7) Place the shift lever in 1st gear and drive the
vehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH).
NOTE:
On AWD model, release the parking brake.

EN(STI)(diag)-39

Inspection Mode
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

The speed difference between front and rear


wheels may light ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunctions. When the engine control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory
clearance procedure of self-diagnosis function.
8) Using the general scan tool, check for DTC and
record the result(s).
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
For detailed concerning DTC, refer to the List of
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-40

Drive Cycle
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

12.Drive Cycle
A: PROCEDURE
There are six drive patterns of drive cycles A F for the trouble diagnosis. Performing the specified drive
pattern allows to diagnose malfunctioning items listed below. After the malfunctioning items listed below are
repaired, always check if they correctly resume their functions by performing the required drive pattern.

1. PREPARATION FOR THE DRIVE CYCLE


1) Make sure that the fuel remains approx. half amount [20 40 2 (5.3 10.6 US gal, 4.4 8.8 Imp gal)],
and battery voltage is 12 V or more.
2) Disconnect the test mode connector.
NOTE:
Except for the engine coolant temperature specified items at starting, the diagnosis is carried out after engine warm up.
Carry out the diagnosis which is marked * on DTC twice, then, after finishing first diagnosis, stop the engine
and do second time at the same condition.

2. DRIVE CYCLE A (AFTER RUNNING 20 MINUTES AT 80 KM/H (50 MPH), IDLE ENGINE FOR
1 MINUTE).
DTC

Item

*P0125

Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control

*P0126

Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation

*P0128

Coolant Thermostat

*P0133

O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

*P0171

System Too Lean (Bank 1)

*P0172

System Too Rich (Bank 1)

*P0301

Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

*P0302

Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

*P0303

Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

*P0304

Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected

*P0420

Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)

*P0442

Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (small leak)

*P0451

Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance

*P0456

Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (very small leak)

*P0457

Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (fuel cap loose/off)

*P0459
*P0692
P1443

Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit High


Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit High
Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function Problem

*P2096

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1

*P2097

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1

P2103

Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High

EN(STI)(diag)-41

Condition
Engine coolant temperature is less
than 20C (68F) at engine start.

Engine coolant temperature is less


than 55C (131F) at engine start.

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.

Engine coolant temperature is less


than 25C (77F) at engine start.

Engine coolant temperature is less


than 25C (77F) at engine start.
Engine coolant temperature is less
than 25C (77F) at engine start.

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
B or C as well.

Drive Cycle
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

3. DRIVE CYCLE B (IDLE FOR 10 MINUTES)


NOTE:
Before the diagnosis, drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more.
DTC

Item

*P0111

Intake Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance Problem

*P0171

System too Lean (Bank 1)

*P0172

System too Rich (Bank 1)

*P0301

Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

*P0302

Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

*P0303

Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

*P0304

Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected

*P0464
*P0483
*P0506
*P0507

Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Intermittent


Cooling Fan Rationality Check
Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected

*P2096

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1

*P2097

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1

P2103

Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High

EN(STI)(diag)-42

Condition
Engine coolant temperature is less
than 30C (86F) at engine start.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or C as well.

Drive Cycle
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

4. DRIVE CYCLE C (DRIVE ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERN)


(H)

(C)
97 (60)
(D)
64 (40)

(G)

(F)

(E)

(B)

(A)
0
50

100

(I)

150

EN-00842

(A)
(B)
(C)

Idle engine for 10 seconds or


more.
Accelerate to 97 km/h (60 MPH)
within 20 seconds.

(D)

Drive vehicle at 97 km/h (60 MPH)


for 20 seconds.

(F)

DTC
*P0030
*P0068
*P0101

(E)

Decelerate with fully closed throttle to 64 km/h (40 MPH).


Drive vehicle at 64 km/h (40 MPH)
for 20 seconds.

(G)
(H)
(I)

Stop vehicle with throttle fully


closed.
km/h (MPH)
second

Accelerate to 97 km/h (60 MPH)


within 10 seconds.

P0134

Item
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance
Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

*P0139

O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

*P0171

System too Lean (Bank 1)

*P0172

System too Rich (Bank 1)

P0244
P0246

Turbo/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A Range/Performance


Turbo/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A High

P0301

Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

P0302

Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

P0303

Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

P0304

Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected

P2004
P2005

Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open (Bank 1)


Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open (Bank 2)

*P2096

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1

*P2097

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1

EN(STI)(diag)-43

Condition

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


A or B as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


A or B as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.

Diagnosis completes in drive cycle


A or B as well.
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.

Drive Cycle
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P2103

Item
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High

Condition
Diagnosis completes in drive cycle
A or B as well.

5. DRIVE CYCLE D
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
1) Make sure that the engine coolant temperature at engine starting is less than 30C (86F).
2) Make sure that fuel of more than 10 2 (2.6 US gal, 2.2 Imp gal) remains and the battery voltage is more
than 10.9 V.
3) Make sure that the engine coolant temperature rises for more than 10C (50F) from the level of engine
starting and is also more than 75C (167F).
4) Idle the engine for more than 120 seconds in the condition of step 3.
STUCK DIAGNOSIS
1) Make sure that the battery voltage is more than 10.9 V.
2) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45, Clear Memory Mode.>
3) Drive the vehicle for the distance equal to fuel of 50 2 (13.2 US gal, 11 Imp gal).
NOTE:
It is possible to drive intermittently.
Do not disconnect the terminal of battery during diagnosis. (If disconnecting the terminal of battery, the
data will be cleared.)
DTC
P0181

Item
Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance

Condition

6. DRIVE CYCLE E
1) Make sure that the battery voltage is more than 10.9 V.
2) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45, Clear Memory Mode.>
3) Drive the vehicle for the distance equal to fuel of 30 2 (7.9 US gal, 6.6 Imp gal).
NOTE:
It is possible to drive intermittently.
Do not disconnect the terminal of battery during diagnosis. (If disconnecting the terminal of battery, the
data will be cleared.)
DTC
P0461

Item
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Performance

Condition

7. DRIVE CYCLE F
1) Make sure that the battery voltage is more than 10.9 V.
2) Drive the vehicle at 80 km/h (50 MPH) for 20 minutes, and then idle the engine for a minute.
3) Read the current data of engine using Subaru Select Monitor. Make sure that the item of evaporative emission purge control system is displayed as Completed. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-31, READ CURRENT DATA
FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE), OPERATION, Subaru Select Monitor.>
4) Drive down for difference of elevation of 52 m (164 ft) within 80 seconds. (Ex: Drive down a incline with
grade of 6% at 40 km/h (25 MPH).)
5) Repeat the step 4 for five times.
NOTE:
Do not drive at than 68 km/h (42 MPH) in step 4 and 5.
Do not disconnect the terminal of battery during diagnosis. (If disconnecting the terminal of battery, the
data will be cleared.)
Do not perform the Clear Memory in diagnosis. (If the Clear Memory is performed, the data will be cleared.)
DTC
P1448

Item
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Range/Performance

EN(STI)(diag)-44

Condition

Clear Memory Mode


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

13.Clear Memory Mode


A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL
MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Clear Memory} and press the [YES] key.
5) When the Done and Turn Ignition Switch OFF
are shown on the display screen, turn the ignition
switch to OFF, and then turn the Subaru Select
Monitor to OFF.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD


MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
{Diagnosis Code(s) Cleared} and press the [YES]
key.
6) When the Clear Diagnostic Code? is shown on
the display screen, press the [YES] key.
7) Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and then turn the
Subaru Select Monitor power switch to OFF.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL


For clear memory procedures using the general
scan tool, refer to the General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-45

Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

14.Compulsory Valve Operation


Check Mode

5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link


connector located in the lower portion of instrument
panel (on the drivers side).

A: OPERATION
1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL, General
Description.>

EN-01163

EN-00038

2) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru Select


Monitor.
3) Insert the cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,
General Description.>

CAUTION:
Do not connect scan tools except for the Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
6) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
Subaru Select Monitor power switch to ON.
(A)

EN-00040

(A) Power switch


EN-00039

4) Connect the test mode connector (A) at the lower portion of instrument panel (on the drivers side).

(A)

EN-00333

7) On the Main Menu display screen, select the


{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
8) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
9) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type is displayed.
10) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {System Operation Check Mode} and press
the [YES] key.
11) On the System Operation Check Mode display screen, select the {Actuator ON/OFF Operation} and press the [YES] key.
12) Select the desired compulsory actuator on the
Actuator ON/OFF Operation display screen and
press the [YES] key.
13) Pressing the [NO] key completes the compulsory operation check mode. The display will then
return to the Actuator ON/OFF Operation
screen.
A list of support data is shown in the following table.

EN(STI)(diag)-46

Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Contents
Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check
Compulsory radiator fan relay
operation check
Compulsory air conditioning relay
operation check
Compulsory purge control solenoid valve operation check
Compulsory pressure control solenoid valve operation check
Compulsory drain valve operation
check
Compulsory fuel tank sensor control valve operation check

Display
Fuel Pump Relay
Radiator Fan Relay
A/C Compressor Relay
CPC Solenoid Valve
PCV Solenoid Valve
Vent. Control Solenoid
Valve
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve

NOTE:
The following parts will be displayed but not functional because they are not installed on the vehicle.
Display
EGR Solenoid Valve
ASV Solenoid Valve
FICD Solenoid
Pressure Switching Sol. 1
Pressure Switching Sol. 2
AAI Solenoid Valve
Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid

For detailed operation procedure, refer to the


SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.

EN(STI)(diag)-47

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

15.Malfunction Indicator Light


A: PROCEDURE
1. Activation of check malfunction indicator light. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-49, ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LIGHT, Malfunction Indicator Light.>

2. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not come on. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-50, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT COME ON., Malfunction Indicator Light.>

3. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not go off. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-52, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT GO OFF., Malfunction Indicator Light.>

4. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not blink at a cycle of 3 Hz. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-53, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK AT A CYCLE OF 3 HZ., Malfunction Indicator Light.>

5. Check that the malfunction indicator light remains blinking at a cycle of 3 Hz. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-55, MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING AT A CYCLE OF 3 HZ., Malfunction Indicator Light.>

EN(STI)(diag)-48

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LIGHT
1) When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine
off), the malfunction indicator light in the combination meter illuminates.
NOTE:
If the malfunction indicator light does not illuminate,
perform diagnostics of the malfunction indicator
light circuit or the combination meter circuit. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-50, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON., Malfunction Indicator Light.>

3) If the diagnosis system senses a misfire which


could damage the catalyzer, the malfunction indicator light will blink at a cycle of 1 Hz.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(6)
(5)
EN-01680

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)

EN-01604

2) After starting the engine, the malfunction indicator light goes out. If it does not, either the engine or
the emission control system is malfunctioning.

ON
OFF
Ignition switch ON
Engine start
Misfire start
1 second

4) When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine


off) or to START with the test mode connector connected, the malfunction indicator light blinks at a
cycle of 3 Hz.
(1)

(1)
(3)

(2)

(4)
(4)

(2)
(3)
(3)

(4)
(5)

EN-01681
(6)
EN-01679

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)

No trouble
Trouble occurs
ON
OFF
Ignition switch ON
Engine start

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

EN(STI)(diag)-49

ON
OFF
Ignition switch ON
1 second

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON.


DIAGNOSIS:
The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not come on.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
IGNITION
B72 SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

No.13
4

SBF-1

11

B36
i1

C7
A7

COMBINATION
METER

C:

i11

i2
22

i12

B37

17

A:

ECM

B134

i11

B72

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2
3 4

C:

A:

5 6 7
1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B37

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

i12

B134

i1

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-03241

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check
Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Yes
Go to step 4.

Does the malfunction indicator Repair the poor


light come on when shaking or contact in ECM
pulling ECM connector and
connector.
harness?

EN(STI)(diag)-50

No
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the combination meter. <Ref. to
IDI-10, Combination Meter.>
3) Disconnect the connector from ECM and
combination meter.
4) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and combination meter connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 17 (i12) No. 7:

Check
Yes
Is the ECM connector correctly Replace the ECM.
connected?
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 5.
?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Is there poor contact in combi- Repair the poor
Check poor contact in combination meter con- nation meter connector?
contact in combinector.
nation meter connector.
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Replace the comCHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINAbination meter cirTION METER AND IGNITION SWITCH CONcuit board. <Ref. to
NECTOR.
IDI-10, Combina1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
tion Meter.>
2) Measure the voltage between combination
meter connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(i11) No. 7 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-51

No
Repair the connection of ECM
connector.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and combination meter connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 6.

Check the following and repair if


necessary.
NOTE:
Blown out fuse
(No. 13)
Open or short
circuit in harness
between fuse (No.
13) and battery
terminal
Poor contact in
ignition switch connector

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF.


DIAGNOSIS:
The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Although malfunction indicator light comes on when engine runs, but DTC is not shown on Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool display.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
IGNITION
B72 SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

No.13
4

SBF-1

11

B36
i1

C7
A7

COMBINATION
METER

C:

i11

i2
22

i12

B37

17

A:

ECM

B134

i11

B72

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2
3 4

C:

A:

5 6 7
1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B37

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

i12

B134

i1

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-03241

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Check
Yes
Does the malfunction indicator Repair the short
light come on?
circuit in harness
between combination meter and
ECM connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-52

No
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK AT A CYCLE OF 3 Hz.


DIAGNOSIS:
The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.
Test mode connector circuit is open.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
During inspection mode, malfunction indicator light does not blink at a cycle of 3 Hz.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B72

IGNITION
SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

No.13
4

SBF-1

11

B36
i1

C7
A7

COMBINATION
METER

i11

B125

B37

B126

B75

B76

16

1
B100

F60

F2

E3

D15

C:

22

i12

i2

A17

A:

A : B134
D : B137

ECM

i1
B75

B76

B72

1
2

1
2

1 2
3 4

A:

2
6
10
14

A : B134

i12

5 6 7
1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1
5
9
13

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

3
7
11
15

B37

F2

F60

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN-04593

EN(STI)(diag)-53

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the test mode connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine
OFF)

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TEST MODE


CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS GROUND.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between test mode connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B76) No. 1 Chassis ground:

Check
Yes
Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2.
light come on?

No
Repair the malfunction indicator
light circuit. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)50, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT
COME ON., Malfunction Indicator
Light.>
Does the malfunction indicator Repair the ground Go to step 3.
light come on?
short circuit in harness between
combination meter
and ECM connector.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 4.
Repair the har?
ness and connector.

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


TEST MODE CONNECTOR.
1) Connect the test mode connector.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 15 Chassis ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-54

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.
Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
test mode connector and chassis
ground
Go to step 5.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
test mode connector.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING AT A CYCLE OF 3


Hz.
DIAGNOSIS:
Test mode connector circuit is shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz when ignition switch is turned to ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B72

IGNITION
SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

No.13
4

SBF-1

11

B36
i1

C7
A7

COMBINATION
METER

i11

B125

B37

B126

B75

B76

16

1
B100

F60

F2

E3

D15

C:

22

i12

A17

A:

i2

A : B134
D : B137

ECM

i1
B75

B76

B72

1
2

1
2

1 2
3 4

A:

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

A : B134

i12

5 6 7
1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1
5
9
13

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B37

F2

F60

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

3 4
1 2
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN-04593

Step
CHECK TEST MODE CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the test mode connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Check
Yes
Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2.
light blink?

No
System is in good
order.
NOTE:
Malfunction indicator light blinks at a
cycle of 3 Hz when
test mode connector is connected.

EN(STI)(diag)-55

Malfunction Indicator Light


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONIs the resistance less than 5
NECTOR AND ENGINE GROUNDING TER- ?
MINAL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 15 Chassis ground:

EN(STI)(diag)-56

Yes
Repair the short
circuit in harness
between ECM and
test mode connector.

No
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

16.Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


A: PROCEDURE
1.

Check the fuel level.

2. Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-58, STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting
Failure.>

3. Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-61, CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND
GROUND LINE, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>

4. Inspection of ignition control system. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-63, IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine
Starting Failure.>

5. Inspection of fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-66, FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>

6. Inspection of fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-67, FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>

EN(STI)(diag)-57

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT


CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

IGNITION
SWITCH
BATTERY
SBF-4

SBF-1

1
3
B72

INTERRUPT
RELAY
3
2
5
1

B422
TO SECURITY SYSTEM

STARTER
INTERLOCK
RELAY(MT)
B225
27
28
24
26

STARTER
MOTOR

B14
2
1
B106

CLUTCH
SWITCH
(MT)

B137 ECM

B106

1
2

B225

B72
1 2
3 4

9 14 15 16 19 24 25 26 29 34 35 36
10
17
20
27
30
37
11 12 13 18 21 22 23 28 31 32 33 38

B422

B137

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

4
5

EN-04153

EN(STI)(diag)-58

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

1
2
3

Step
Check
CHECK BATTERY
Is the voltage more than 12 V?
Check the battery voltage.
CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor operate?
CHECK DTC.
Is the DTC displayed? <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-35, OPERATION, Read Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>

Yes
Go to step 2.
Go to step 3.

Using the List of


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC),
check the appropriate DTC. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)69, List of Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MO- Is the voltage more than 10 V? Check the starter
TOR.
motor. <Ref. to
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
SC(H4SO)-8,
2) Disconnect the connector from starter
Starter.>
motor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to START.
4) Measure the power supply voltage between
starter motor connector terminal and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B14) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY
AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from ignition
switch.
2) Measure the power supply voltage between
ignition switch connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B72) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the resistance less than 5


Go to step 7.
CHECK IGNITION SWITCH.
?
1) Disconnect the connector from ignition
switch.
2) Measure the resistance between ignition
switch terminals while turning ignition switch to
START.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 3:
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER IN- Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 8.
TERLOCK RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from starter interlock relay.
3) Connect the connector to ignition switch.
4) Measure the input voltage between starter
interlock relay connector and chassis ground
while turning ignition switch to START.
Connector & terminal
(B225) No. 27 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B225) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-59

No
Charge or replace
the battery.
Go to step 4.
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Check the following, repair if necessary.


Blown out
fuse
Open circuit
in harness
between ignition switch and
battery
Replace the ignition switch.

Repair open or
short circuit to
ground in harness
between starter
interlock relay and
ignition switch.
NOTE:
Check
security
system. <Ref. to
SL-21,
Security
System.>

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

Step
CHECK STARTER INTERLOCK RELAY.
1) Connect the battery to starter interlock
relay terminals No. 26 and No. 24.
2) Measure the resistance between starter
interlock relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 27 No. 28:
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF CLUTCH
SWITCH.
1) Disconnect the connector from clutch
switch.
2) Measure the resistance between clutch
switch connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B106) No. 1 Chassis ground:
CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH.
Measure the resistance between clutch switch
terminals while depressing the clutch pedal.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT.
1) Connect the connector to clutch switch.
2) Measure the resistance between starter
interlock relay connector and chassis ground
while depressing the clutch pedal.
Connector & terminal
(B225) No. 26 Chassis ground:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 9.

No
Replace the
starter interlock
relay.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 10.

Repair open circuit


of ground cable.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 11.

Replace the clutch


switch. <Ref. to
CL-36, Clutch
Switch.>

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Repair short circuit


to ground in harness between
starter interlock
relay and starter
motor.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between starter
interlock relay and
clutch switch.

EN(STI)(diag)-60

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

C: CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE


CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

2
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

D16
B5
B6
B19
D14

SBF-1

A : B134
B : B135 ECM

A6
A7
B1
B4
D7
B12
D1
D2

D : B137

B100

15

6
22
1

F74

13
14
16

24

19

B200

F2
F60
E3

B72

B47

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

A : B134

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

D : B137

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

F74

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04249

EN(STI)(diag)-61

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK MAIN RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the main relay.
3) Connect the battery to main relay terminals
No. 1 and No. 2.
4) Measure the resistance between main relay
terminals.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 5:
No. 4 No. 6:
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 6 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 7 Chassis ground:
(B135) No. 1 Chassis ground:
(B135) No. 4 Chassis ground:
(B135) No. 12 Chassis ground:
(B137) No. 1 Chassis ground:
(B137) No. 2 Chassis ground:
(B137) No. 7 Chassis ground:
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY.
Measure the voltage between main relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B47) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B47) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B47) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1) Connect the main relay connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():

Check
Is the resistance less than 10
?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Replace the main
relay.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 3.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM
connector and
engine grounding
terminal.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.

Repair the open or


ground short circuit of power supply circuit.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 5.

Repair the open or


short circuit in harness of power supply circuit.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Check the ignition


control system.
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-63,
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM,
Diagnostics for
Engine Starting
Failure.>

Repair the open or


short circuit in harness between
ECM connector
and main relay
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-62

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM


CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

SBF-1

15

16

ECM

17

18

B135

No.11

SBF-4
1

4
IGNITION
SWITCH B72
F2

11

10

8
5

7
4

B100

F60
E3

E34
3

E33
3

E32
3

E31

E
E
IGNITION COIL
No.1

E31
E32
E33
E34

F60
1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

B72
4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4

IGNITION COIL
No.2

IGNITION COIL
No.3

IGNITION COIL
No.4

B135

F2

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1
2
3

EN-04576

EN(STI)(diag)-63

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPARK PLUG CONDITION.
1) Remove the spark plug. <Ref. to IG(STI)-4,
INSTALLATION, Spark Plug.>
2) Check the spark plug condition. <Ref. to
IG(STI)-5, INSPECTION, Spark Plug.>
CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS.
1) Connect the spark plug to ignition coil.
2) Release the fuel pressure. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-44, RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE, PROCEDURE, Fuel.>
3) Contact the spark plugs thread portion on
engine.
4) While opening the throttle valve fully, crank
engine to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ignition coil
and ignitor assembly.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the power supply voltage between
ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E31) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
(E32) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
(E33) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
(E34) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

Check
Yes
Is the spark plugs status OK? Go to step 2.

Does spark occur at each cylinder?

Check the fuel


Go to step 3.
pump system.
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-66,
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT, Diagnostics
for Engine Starting Failure.>

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.

CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL AND Is the resistance less than 5


?
IGNITOR ASSEMBLY GROUND CIRCUIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between ignition
coil and ignitor assembly connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E31) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E32) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E33) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E34) No. 2 Engine ground:

Go to step 5.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG- Is the resistance less than 1
?
NITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from ignition coil
and ignitor assembly.
4) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor
assembly connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 15 (E34) No. 1:
(B135) No. 16 (E33) No. 1:
(B135) No. 17 (E32) No. 1:
(B135) No. 18 (E31) No. 1:

Go to step 6.

EN(STI)(diag)-64

No
Replace the spark
plug.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ignition coil and
ignitor assembly,
and ignition switch
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connectors
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ignition coil and
ignitor assembly
connector and
engine grounding
terminal
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and ignition
coil and ignitor
assembly connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and engine ground.
Connector & terminal:
(B135) No. 15 Engine ground:
(B135) No. 16 Engine ground:
(B135) No. 17 Engine ground:
(B135) No. 18 Engine ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
Is the resistance more than 1
M?

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and ignition
coil and ignitor
assembly connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the ignition coil and ignitor


assembly.

EN(STI)(diag)-65

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-5
4

6
B61

FUEL PUMP
RELAY
B46

B97

F44

R1

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL UNIT

R15

6
4

5
2

R122

14
15

20
19

R3

R57

1
4

D28
B27

B99

FUEL
PUMP

ECM

R58

B : B135

D : B137

F44

B97

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2
3 4

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

B99

B46

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

R58

R122

1 2 3
4 5 6

R57
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

Step
Check
CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF FUEL
Does the fuel pump produce
PUMP.
operating sound?
Make sure that the fuel pump is in operation for
2 seconds when turning ignition switch to ON.
NOTE:
Fuel pump operation check can also be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor.
For the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve
Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>

EN(STI)(diag)-66

EN-04154

Yes
Check the fuel
injector circuit.
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-67,
FUEL INJECTOR
CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine
Starting Failure.>

No
Display the DTC.
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-35,
OPERATION,
Read Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


CAUTION:
Inspect or repair the faulty parts only.
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

B61

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5

5
3

2
1
B47

ECM

B136

B100
3

14

13

F44

B61

F2

12

11

10

1
9

F60
E3

2
1

E17

2
1

E6

2
1

E16

2
1

E5

#1

#2

#3

#4

FUEL INJECTORS

E5

E6

E16

E17

B136

F44
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

F60
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B47
1
3
5

2
4
6

EN-04155

EN(STI)(diag)-67

Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJEC- Does the fuel injector emit
TOR.
operating sound?
While cranking the engine, check that each
fuel injector emits operating sound. Use a
sound scope or attach a screwdriver to injector
for this check.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH FUEL
Is the voltage more than 10 V?
INJECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the power supply voltage between
the fuel injector terminal and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#4 (E17) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 6 (E5) No. 1:
(B136) No. 5 (E16) No. 1:
(B136) No. 4 (E6) No. 1:
(B136) No. 3 (E6) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1


?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 6 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 5 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 4 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 3 Chassis ground:
CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between each fuel
injector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Yes
No
Check the fuel
Go to step 2.
pressure. <Ref. to
ME(STI)-26,
INSPECTION,
Fuel Pressure.>
Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and fuel
injector connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
fuel injector connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fuel
injector connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 5.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel
injector connector.

Is the resistance 5 20 ?

Go to step 6.

Replace the faulty


fuel injector.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Inspection using
General Diagnostic Table. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)371, INSPECTION, General
Diagnostic Table.>

EN(STI)(diag)-68

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

17.List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


A: LIST
DTC
P0011

P0021

P0030

Item
A Camshaft Position-Timing OverAdvanced or System Performance
(Bank 1)
A Camshaft Position-Timing OverAdvanced or System Performance
(Bank 2)
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1
Sensor 1)

P0031

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low


(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0032

HO2S Heater Control Circuit High


(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0037

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low


(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0038

HO2S Heater Control Circuit High


(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0068

Map/Maf Throttle Position Correlation

P0101

Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit


Range/Performance

P0102

Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low


Input

P0103

Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High


Input

P0107

Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input

P0108

Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input

P0111

Intake Air Temperature Circuit


Range/Performance

P0112

Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low


Input

P0113

Intake Air Temperature Circuit High


Input

P0117

Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit


Low Input

P0118

Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit


High Input

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-76, DTC P0011 A CAMSHAFT POSITION-TIMING
OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic
Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-77, DTC P0021 A CAMSHAFT POSITION-TIMING
OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2), Diagnostic
Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-78, DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-80, DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-83, DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-85, DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-88, DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-90, DTC P0068 MAP/MAF THROTTLE POSITION
CORRELATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-92, DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-94, DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-97, DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-99, DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-101, DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-103, DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-105, DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-107, DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-110, DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-112, DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-69

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P0122

Item
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/
Switch A Circuit Low Input

P0123

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch A Circuit High Input

P0125

Insufficient Coolant Temperature for


Closed Loop Fuel Control

P0126

Insufficient Coolant Temperature for


Stable Operation

P0128

Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)


O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank
1 Sensor 1)

P0131

P0132

O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage


(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0133

O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response


(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0134

O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity


Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

P0137

O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank


1 Sensor 2)

P0138

O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage


(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0139

O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response


(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

P0171

System too Lean (Bank 1)

P0172

System too Rich (Bank 1)

P0181

Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit


Range/Performance

P0182

Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit


Low Input

P0183

Fuel Temperature Sensor A Circuit


High Input

P0222

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch B Circuit Low Input

P0223

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch B Circuit High Input

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-115, DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-118, DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-121, DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-123, DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-125, DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-126, DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-128, DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-130, DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-132, DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-134, DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-137, DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-140, DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-142, DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1),
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-142, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1),
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-145, DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-147, DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-149, DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-152, DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH B CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-155, DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH B CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-70

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P0230

Item
Fuel Pump Primary Circuit

P0244

Turbo/Super Charger Wastegate


Solenoid A Range/Performance

P0245

Turbo/Super Charger Wastegate


Solenoid A Low

P0246

Turbo/Super Charger Wastegate


Solenoid A High

P0301

Cylinder 1 misfire detected

P0302

Cylinder 2 misfire detected

P0303

Cylinder 3 misfire detected

P0304

Cylinder 4 misfire detected

P0327

Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input


(Bank 1 or Single Sensor)

P0328

Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input


(Bank 1 or Single Sensor)

P0335

Crankshaft Position Sensor A Circuit

P0336

Crankshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance

P0340

Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit


(Bank 1 or Single Sensor)

P0345

Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit


(Bank 2)

P0420

Catalyst System Efficiency Below


Threshold (Bank 1)

P0442

Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (small leak)

P0447

Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Open

P0448

Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Shorted

P0451

Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance


Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input

P0452

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-159, DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-162, DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER
WASTEGATE SOLENOID A RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-164, DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER
WASTEGATE SOLENOID A LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-166, DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER
WASTEGATE SOLENOID A HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE
DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE
DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE
DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE
DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-173, DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-175, DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-177, DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-179, DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-181, DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-183, DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A CIRCUIT (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-185, DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY
BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-189, DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-193, DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-196, DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-198, DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-200, DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-71

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P0453

P0456

P0457

P0458

P0459

P0461

P0462
P0463
P0464

P0483
P0502

P0503

P0506

P0507

P0512
P0513
P0519

P0604

P0605

P0607
P0638

Item
Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-203, DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Evaporative Emission Control Sys<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-206, DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONtem Leak Detected (very small leak) TROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Evaporative Emission Control Sys<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-210, DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONtem Leak Detected (fuel cap loose/
TROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF), Diagnostic
off)
Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Evaporative Emission Control Sys<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-214, DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONtem Purge Control Valve Circuit Low TROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Evaporative Emission Control Sys<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-216, DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONtem Purge Control Valve Circuit High TROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic
Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Per- <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-218, DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
formance
RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-221, DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-225, DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Intermittent <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-229, DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
INTERMITTENT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Cooling Fan Rationality Check
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-232, DTC P0483 COOLING FAN RATIONALITY
CHECK, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-235, DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRInput
CUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Vehicle Speed Sensor Intermittent/
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-237, DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Erratic/High
INTERMITTENT/ERRATIC/HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
Idle Control System RPM Lower
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-239, DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM
Than Expected
LOWER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Idle Control System RPM Higher
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-242, DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM
Than Expected
HIGHER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Starter Request Circuit
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-245, DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Incorrect Immobilizer Key
<Ref. to IM(diag)-21, DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Idle Control System Malfunction
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-248, DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MAL(Fail-Safe)
FUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Internal Control Module Random
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-251, DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE
Access Memory (RAM) Error
RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Internal Control Module Read Only
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-253, DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE
Memory (ROM) Error
READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Control Module Performance
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-254, DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Throttle Actuator Control Range/Per- <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-256, DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONformance (Bank 1)
TROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-72

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P0691
P0692
P0851
P0852
P1152

P1153

P1160
P1400

P1420

P1443

P1446

P1447

P1448

P1491

P1518
P1560

P1570
P1571
P1572

P1574
P1576
P1577

Item
Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-257, DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit High
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-260, DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-263, DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Neutral Switch Input Circuit High
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-266, DTC P852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Perfor<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-268, DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
mance (Low) (Bank1 Sensor1)
PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Perfor<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-270, DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
mance (High) (Bank1 Sensor1)
PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Return Spring Failure
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-272, DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-273, DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONValve Circuit Low
TROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-276, DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONValve Circuit High
TROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-277, DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID
Problem
VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Cir- <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-280, DTC P1446 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL
cuit Low
VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Cir- <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-283, DTC P1447 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL
cuit High
VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-285, DTC P1448 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL
Range/Performance
VALVE RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow- <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-287, DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILAby) Function Problem
TION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Starter Switch Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-289, DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Back-Up Voltage Circuit Malfunction <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-292, DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
ANTENNA
<Ref. to IM(diag)-22, DTC P1570 ANTENNA, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Reference Code Incompatibility
<Ref. to IM(diag)-15, DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
EGI Immobilizer Communication
<Ref. to IM(diag)-16, DTC P1572 EGI IMMOBILIZER COMMUNICATION
(Except Antenna Circuit)
(EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Key Immobilizer Communication
<Ref. to IM(diag)-20, DTC P1574 KEY IMMOBILIZER COMMUNICATION,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
EGI Control Module EEPROM
<Ref. to IM(diag)-21, DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
IMM Control Module EEPROM
<Ref. to IM(diag)-21, DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-73

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P2004

Item
Intake Manifold Runner Control
Stuck Open (Bank 1)

P2005

Intake Manifold Runner Control


Stuck Open (Bank 2)

P2006

Intake Manifold Runner Control


Stuck Closed (Bank 1)

P2007

Intake Manifold Runner Control


Stuck Closed (Bank 2)

P2008

Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit / Open (Bank 1)

P2009

Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit Low (Bank 1)

P2011

Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit / Open (Bank 2)

P2012

Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit Low (Bank 2)

P2016

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit Low (Bank1)

P2017

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit High (Bank1)

P2021

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit Low (Bank 2)

P2022

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor / Switch Circuit High (Bank 2)

P2088

OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit


Open (Bank 1)

P2089

OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit


Short (Bank 1)

P2092

OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit


Open (Bank 2)

P2093

OCV Solenoid Valve Signal A Circuit


Short (Bank 2)

P2096

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too


Lean Bank 1

P2097

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too


Rich Bank 1

P2101

Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-295, DTC P2004 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-295, DTC P2005 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-296, DTC P2006 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-296, DTC P2007 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-297, DTC P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-299, DTC P2009 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-301, DTC P2011 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-303, DTC P2012 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-305, DTC P2016 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-308, DTC P2017 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-310, DTC P2021 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-313, DTC P2022 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER
POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-315, DTC P2088 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL
A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-317, DTC P2089 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL
A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-319, DTC P2092 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL
A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-321, DTC P2093 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL
A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-323, DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM
SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-329, DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM
SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-335, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-74

List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
DTC
P2102

Item
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low

P2103

Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High

P2109

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A


Minimum Stop Performance

P2122

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch D Circuit Low Input

P2123

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch D Circuit High Input

P2127

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch E Circuit Low Input

P2128

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch E Circuit High Input

P2135

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch A/B Voltage Rationality

P2138

Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/


Switch D/E Voltage Rationality

P2227

Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/


Performance

P2228

Barometric Pressure Circuit Low


Input

P2229

Barometric Pressure Circuit High


Input

Index
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-342, DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-345, DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-347, DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR A MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-348, DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH D CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-351, DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH D CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-354, DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH E CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-357, DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR / SWITCH E CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-360, DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH A/B VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-365, DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH D/E VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-369, DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-369, DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-370, DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-75

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

18.Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


A: DTC P0011 A CAMSHAFT POSITION-TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, Inspection
Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Is the AVCS operating angle
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Inspect the followmore than approx. 0C and the ing items and
1) Start the engine and let it idle.
2) Inspect the AVCS operating angle and oil oil flow control solenoid valve repair or replace if
duty output more than approx. necessary.
flow control solenoid valve duty output using
Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool. 10%?
Oil pipe (clog)
Oil flow conNOTE:
trol solenoid
Subaru Select Monitor
valve (clog or
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
contamination
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
in oil passage,
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
settling at
General scan tool
spring, stuck at
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
valve)
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Intake camshaft (sludge,
damage at
camshaft)
Timing belt
(timing mark
aligning)

EN(STI)(diag)-76

No
Go to step 2.

A temporary malfunction. Conduct


the following to
clean the oil passage.
Replace the
engine oil and idle
the engine for 5
minutes, then
replace the oil filter
and engine oil.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

B: DTC P0021 A CAMSHAFT POSITION-TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Is the AVCS operating angle
Inspect the followCHECK CURRENT DATA.
more than approx. 0C and the ing items and
1) Start the engine and let it idle.
2) Inspect the AVCS operating angle and oil oil flow control solenoid valve repair or replace if
duty output more than approx. necessary.
flow control solenoid valve duty output using
Engine oil
Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool. 10%?
(amount, conNOTE:
tamination)
Subaru Select Monitor
Oil pipe (clog)
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
Oil flow conREAD CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
trol solenoid
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
valve (clog or
General scan tool
contamination
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
in oil passage,
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
settling at
spring, stuck at
valve)
Intake camshaft (sludge,
damage at
camshaft)
Timing belt
(timing mark
aligning)

EN(STI)(diag)-77

No
Go to step 2.

A temporary malfunction. Conduct


the following to
clean the oil passage.
Replace the
engine oil and idle
the engine for 5
minutes, then
replace the oil filter
and engine oil.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-11, DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-78

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine.
2) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
3) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
4) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 2 (B18) No. 1:
(B134) No. 3 (B18) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (B18) No. 4:
(B134) No. 33 (B18) No. 3:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
main relay and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B47) No. 4 (B18) No. 2:
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between front oxygen
(A/F) sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 1:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 3.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Replace the front
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM or Repair the poor
Check the poor contact in ECM or front oxygen front oxygen (A/F) sensor con- contact in ECM or oxygen (A/F) sen(A/F) sensor connector.
nector?
front oxygen (A/F) sor. <Ref. to
sensor connector. FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-79

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

D: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-13, DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-80

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXY- Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.
GEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from front oxygen
(A/F) sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between front oxygen
(A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B18) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.


Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 6 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 7 Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5


?

CHECK CURRENT DATA.


Is the current more than 0.2 A?
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or
general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Start and idle the engine.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B134) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B134) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():

Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in connector.

No
Repair the power
supply line.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
ground cable
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Go to step 6.

Go to step 5.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 6.

EN(STI)(diag)-81

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
Is the resistance less than 10
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
?
2) Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 1:

EN(STI)(diag)-82

Yes
No
Repair the harReplace the front
ness and connec- oxygen (A/F) sentor.
sor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
NOTE:
In this case, repair Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-15, DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-83

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Is the voltage more than 8 V?
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B134) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
Is the current more than 2.3 A?
HEATER CURRENT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Repair the battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or
the general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B134) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

EN(STI)(diag)-84

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the ECM. Finish the diagno<Ref. to FU(STI)- sis.


39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Repair the battery Finish the diagnoshort circuit in har- sis.


ness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-17, DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

6
4

2
1
B47

1
3

2
B61

2
4

2 1
4 3

SBF-5

F44

B19

F44

T5

B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

5
3

T6

B19

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY

REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR

B83

2
4
6

F60

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

1
3

T5
B19

*
*

2
10
20
30

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
81

2
3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D31
C35

B83

B2
D25

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3

T6

C : B136

A : B134

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B : B135
ECM
19

C : B136

B200
F74

D : B137

A6
A7

F60

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

E3
F74

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04157

EN(STI)(diag)-85

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
Is the resistance less than 5
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
?
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 6 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 7 Chassis ground:

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK CURRENT DATA.


Is the current more than 0.2 A?
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater
current using Subaru Select Monitor or general
scan tool.

Repair the connector.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
3

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.


1) Start and idle the engine.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
ground cable
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connecting
harness connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Go to step 6.
Go to step 4.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-86

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXYIs the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7.
GEN SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the resistance less than 30


CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

EN(STI)(diag)-87

No
Repair the power
supply line.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harReplace the rear
ness and connec- oxygen sensor.
tor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
NOTE:
In this case, repair Sensor.>
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-19, DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

6
4

2
1
B47

1
3

2
B61

2
4

2 1
4 3

SBF-5

F44

B19

F44

T5

B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

5
3

T6

B19

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY

REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR

B83

2
4
6

F60

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

1
3

T5
B19

*
*

2
10
20
30

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
81

2
3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D31
C35

B83

B2
D25

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3

T6

C : B136

A : B134

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B : B135
ECM
19

C : B136

B200
F74

D : B137

A6
A7

F60

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

E3
F74

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04157

EN(STI)(diag)-88

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Is the voltage more than 8 V?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the current more than 7 A?
1) Repair the battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater
current using Subaru Select Monitor or the
general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-89

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Replace the ECM. Finish the diagno<Ref. to FU(STI)- sis.


39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Finish the diagnosis.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-21, DTC P0068 MAP/MAF THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE SENSOR
E21

18
20
16

E2
F61

17
4
16

F2
B100

*
*
35
16
22

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT


B136 ECM

E21

B83

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

F2
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04245

EN(STI)(diag)-90

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK IDLE SWITCH SIGNAL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Operate the LED operation mode for
engine using Subaru Select Monitor.

Check
Does the LED of {Idle Switch
Signal} come on?

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>

CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Is any other DTC displayed?

Inspect the relevant DTC. List of


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Check the throttle
position sensor circuit. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)360, DTC P2135
THROTTLE/
PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH A/B
VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0068.
Go to step 3.

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0068.
CHECK CONDITION OF MANIFOLD ABSO- Is the manifold absolute pres- Go to step 4.
Tighten the maniLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
sure sensor installation bolt
fold absolute prestightened securely?
sure sensor
installation bolt
securely.
CHECK CONDITION OF THROTTLE BODY. Is the throttle body installation Replace the mani- Tighten the throttle
bolt tightened securely?
fold absolute pres- body installation
sure sensor. <Ref. bolt securely.
to FU(STI)-30,
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-91

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

I:

DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-23, DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-92

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0101.

EN(STI)(diag)-93

No
Replace the mass
air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

J: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-26, DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-94

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR Is the voltage 0.2 4.7 V?
THE GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND READ
DATA.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru
Select Monitor or the general scan tool power
switch to ON.
4) Start the engine.
5) Read the mass air flow sensor voltage
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while engine is idling.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 23 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR).
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while engine is idling.

Yes
No
Even if malfunction Go to step 2.
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause.
Repair the harness or connector
in the mass air
flow and intake air
temperature sensor.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor or
ECM connector
Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? Go to step 4.
Go to step 3.

Shake the ECM harness and Repair the poor


connector, while monitoring
contact in ECM
value of Subaru Select Moni- connector.
tor. Does the voltage change?

CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MASS AIR


Is the voltage more than 5 V?
FLOW SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from mass air
flow sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-95

Go to step 5.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between mass air
flow and intake air
temperature sensor and main relay.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and mass air flow and intake air
temperature sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 23 (B3) No. 3:
(B136) No. 31 (B3) No. 2:
(B136) No. 35 (B3) No. 5:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 23 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 31 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 35 Chassis ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT
Check poor contact in mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor connector.

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 6.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 7.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and mass air
flow and intake air
temperature sensor connector.

Is there poor contact in mass Repair the poor


air flow and intake air tempera- contact in mass air
ture sensor connector?
flow and intake air
temperature sensor connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-96

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

K: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-28, DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-97

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR Is the voltage 0.2 4.7 V?
THE GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND READ
DATA.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool power
switch to ON.
4) Start the engine.
5) Read the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor voltage using Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Is the voltage more than 5 V?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from mass air
flow and intake air temperature sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the resistance less than 1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 2 (B136) No. 31:

EN(STI)(diag)-98

Yes
No
Even if malfunction Go to step 2.
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time.

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short of harness
between mass air
flow and intake air
temperature sensor connector and
ECM connector.

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Repair the open


harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor connector and ECM
connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

L: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE


CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-30, DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE SENSOR
E21

18
20
16

E2
F61

17
4
16

F2
B100

*
*
35
16
22

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT


B136 ECM

E21

B83

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

F2
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04245

EN(STI)(diag)-99

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 22 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from manifold
absolute pressure sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between manifold
absolute pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and manifold absolute pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (E21) No. 2:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
manifold absolute pressure sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 1 Engine ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Is the voltage less than 0.7 V? Go to step 4.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 5.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor
connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 7.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor
connector.

Is there poor contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor
connector.

Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. <Ref.


to FU(STI)-30,
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-100

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

M: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE


CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-32, DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE SENSOR
E21

18
20
16

E2
F61

17
4
16

F2
B100

*
*
35
16
22

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT


B136 ECM

E21

B83

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

F2
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04245

EN(STI)(diag)-101

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 22 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from manifold
absolute pressure sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between manifold
absolute pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and manifold absolute pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 22 (E21) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (E21) No. 2:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 5.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor
connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 7.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor
connector.

Is there poor contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor
connector.

Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. <Ref.


to FU(STI)-30,
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-102

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

N: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-34, DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-103

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0111.
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERAIs the engine coolant tempera- Replace the mass
TURE.
ture 75C (167F) 95C
air flow and intake
1) Start the engine and warm it up completely. (203F)?
air temperature
2) Measure the engine coolant temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
FU(STI)-29, Mass
tool.
Air Flow and
Intake Air TemperNOTE:
ature Sensor.>
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-104

Inspect the DTC


P0125 using List
of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

O: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-36, DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-105

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of intake air temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
the general scan tool.

Check
Is the temperature more than
55C (131F)?

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Is the temperature less than
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
36C (33F)?
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from mass air
flow and intake air temperature sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of intake air temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
the general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-106

Yes
Go to step 2.

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

P: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-38, DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

2
1
B47
MASS AIR FLOW AND
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

B3

*
*
B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

31

13

23

32

35

E
B136

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

ECM

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-04158

EN(STI)(diag)-107

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of intake air temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
the general scan tool.

Check
Is the temperature less than
36C (33F)?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
mass air flow and
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
intake air temperaREAD CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
ture sensor
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
Poor contact in
General scan tool
ECM
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
Poor contact in
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
joint connector
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 3.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
short circuit in harFLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
ness between
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
mass air flow and
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
intake air tempera2) Disconnect the connector from mass air
ture sensor and
flow and intake air temperature sensor.
ECM connector.
3) Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 4.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
short circuit in harFLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
ness between
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
mass air flow and
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
intake air tempera2) Measure the voltage between mass air flow
ture sensor and
and intake air temperature sensor connector
ECM connector.
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the voltage more than 4 V? Go to step 5.
Repair the harCHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
ness and connecFLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
tor.
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between mass air flow
NOTE:
and intake air temperature sensor and maniIn this case, repair
fold absolute pressure sensor connector and
the following:
engine ground.
Open circuit in
Connector & terminal
harness between
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

EN(STI)(diag)-108

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
Is the resistance less than 5
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
?
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 5 Engine ground:

EN(STI)(diag)-109

Yes
Replace the mass
air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Q: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-40, DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

E8

F61

1 2
3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

E8

17
18

E2
B83

F61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

15
17

F2
B136
B100
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

*
*

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

14
35

B83

B136 ECM

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

EN-04577

EN(STI)(diag)-110

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the temperature more than
1) Start the engine.
120C (248F)?
2) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE


Is the temperature less than
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND 40C (40F)?
ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from engine coolant temperature sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-111

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Replace the
Repair the ground
engine coolant
short circuit in hartemperature sen- ness between
sor. <Ref. to
engine coolant
FU(STI)-25,
temperature senEngine Coolant
sor and ECM conTemperature Sen- nector.
sor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

R: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-42, DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

E8

F61

1 2
3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

E8

17
18

E2
B83

F61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

15
17

F2
B136
B100
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

*
*

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

14
35

B83

B136 ECM

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

EN-04577

EN(STI)(diag)-112

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the temperature less than Go to step 2.
1) Start the engine.
40C (40F)?
2) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

No
Repair the poor
contact.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE


COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from engine coolant temperature sensor.
3) Measure the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the voltage more than 4 V?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between engine coolant
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-113

Repair the battery Go to step 4.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector.

Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between engine coolant temperature sensor
connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 1 Engine ground:

Check
Is the resistance less than 5
?

EN(STI)(diag)-114

Yes
Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

S: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT


LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-44, DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-115

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-116

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors and electronic
throttle control.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (E57) No. 5:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK SHORT OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair the poor
Connector has
connectors between ECM and contact in connec- returned to a norelectronic throttle control?
tors.
mal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 4.
Repair open of
?
harness connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance more than 10 Repair the poor


?
contact in electronic throttle control connector. If
problem persists,
replace the electronic throttle control. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-12, Throttle Body.>

EN(STI)(diag)-117

Repair the poor


the contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

T: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT


HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-46, DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-118

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-119

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Read the data of main throttle sensor signals, using the Subaru Select Monitor.
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.

Check
Is the voltage less than 4.63
V?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair the poor
Connector has
connectors between ECM and contact in connec- returned to a norelectronic throttle control?
tors.
mal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 4.
Repair the open of
?
harness connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 (E57) No. 6:
(B136) No. 35 (E57) No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between the electronic throttle control connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 3 Engine ground:

Is the voltage less than 10 V?


CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR.
1) Measure the voltage between the electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.

EN(STI)(diag)-120

Go to step 5.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If the
problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Replace the elec- Repair the short of
tronic throttle con- harness between
trol. <Ref. to
ECM connector
FU(STI)-12, Throt- and electronic
tle Body.>
throttle control
connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

U: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP


FUEL CONTROL
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-48, DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine will not return to idling.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

E8

F61

1 2
3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

E8

17
18

E2
B83

F61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

15
17

F2
B136
B100
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

*
*

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

14
35

B83

B136 ECM

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

EN-04577

EN(STI)(diag)-121

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM.


NOTE:
Check the following items.
Thermostat open stuck
Coolant level
Coolant freeze
Tire diameter

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Is there any fault in engine


cooling system?

EN(STI)(diag)-122

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0125.
Replace the thermostat. <Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-21,
Thermostat.>

Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

V: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-50, DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

E8

F61

1 2
3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

E8

17
18

E2
B83

F61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

15
17

F2
B136
B100
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

*
*

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

14
35

B83

B136 ECM

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

EN-04577

EN(STI)(diag)-123

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Is the resistance of engine
Contact your SOA
coolant temperature sensor dif- Service Center
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between engine cool- ferent between when engine
since deterioraant temperature sensor terminals when engine coolant is cold and after
tion of some parts
warmed-up?
coolant is cold and after warmed-up.
may be the cause.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

EN(STI)(diag)-124

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

W: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW


THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-52, DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (COOLANT
TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE), Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Thermostat remains open.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK VEHICLE CONDITION.

CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT.

CHECK RADIATOR FAN.


1) Start the engine.
2) Check radiator fan operation.

Check
Yes
Was the vehicle driven or idled In this case, it is
with the engine partially sub- not necessary to
merged under water?
inspect DTC
P0128.
Is any other DTC displayed?
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Codes
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Are coolant level and mixture Go to step 4.
ratio of cooling water to antifreeze solution correct?

Does the radiator fan continuously rotate for more than 3


minutes during idling?

EN(STI)(diag)-125

No
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

Replace the
engine coolant.
<Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-16,
REPLACEMENT,
Engine Coolant.>
Repair radiator fan Replace the thercircuit. <Ref. to
mostat. <Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-27,
CO(H4SO)-21,
Radiator Main Fan Thermostat.>
and Fan Motor.>
and <Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-28,
Radiator Sub Fan
and Fan Motor.>.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

X: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-54, DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-126

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 33 Chassis ground:

Check
Is there water in connector?

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

EN(STI)(diag)-127

Yes
Remove infiltrating water completely.
Replace the front
oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

No
Go to step 2.

Repair ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Y: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-56, DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-128

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
3) Measure the voltage of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():

Check
Is there water in connector?

Is the voltage more than 8 V?

EN(STI)(diag)-129

Yes
Remove infiltrating water completely.
Repair battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Z: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-58, DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR
B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

2
4
6

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-130

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of front portion of exhaust
pipe onto cylinder heads
Loose connection between front exhaust
pipe and front catalytic converter
Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Is there any fault in exhaust


system?

EN(STI)(diag)-131

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0133.
Repair the exhaust Replace the front
system.
oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AA:DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-61, DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1

2
4
6

B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-132

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (B18) No. 4:
(B134) No. 33 (B18) No. 3:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

EN(STI)(diag)-133

Yes
Replace the front
oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

No
Repair open circuit
in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AB:DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-63, DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

6
4

2
1
B47

1
3

2
B61

2
4

2 1
4 3

SBF-5

F44

B19

F44

T5

B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

5
3

T6

B19

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY

REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR

B83

2
4
6

F60

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

1
3

T5
B19

*
*

2
10
20
30

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
81

2
3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D31
C35

B83

B2
D25

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3

T6

C : B136

A : B134

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B : B135
ECM
19

C : B136

B200
F74

D : B137

A6
A7

F60

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

E3
F74

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04157

EN(STI)(diag)-134

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.


Is the voltage more than 490
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes at
the longest)
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNEC- Is there water in connector?
TOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (T6) No. 4:
(B137) No. 25 (T6) No. 3:

Is the resistance more than 3


?

EN(STI)(diag)-135

Yes
Using the List of
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC),
check the appropriate DTC. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)69, List of Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>

No
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0137.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 3.

Remove infiltratGo to step 4.


ing water completely.
Repair the open
Go to step 5.
circuit in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- Is the voltage 0.2 0.5 V?
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

Yes
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


Check the exhaust system parts.

Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

Is there any fault in exhaust


system?

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of portions
Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
Looseness and ill fitting of parts between
front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen
sensor

EN(STI)(diag)-136

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AC:DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-65, DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

6
4

2
1
B47

1
3

2
B61

2
4

2 1
4 3

SBF-5

F44

B19

F44

T5

B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

5
3

T6

B19

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY

REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR

B83

2
4
6

F60

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

1
3

T5
B19

*
*

2
10
20
30

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
81

2
3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D31
C35

B83

B2
D25

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3

T6

C : B136

A : B134

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B : B135
ECM
19

C : B136

B200
F74

D : B137

A6
A7

F60

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

E3
F74

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04157

EN(STI)(diag)-137

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.


Is the voltage less than 250
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and immediately decrease the engine speed from 3,000
rpm.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNEC- Is there water in connector?
TOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 25 (T6) No. 3:
(B136) No. 35 (T6) No. 4:

Is the resistance more than 3


?

EN(STI)(diag)-138

Yes
Using the List of
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC),
check the appropriate DTC. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)69, List of Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>

No
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0138.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 3.

Remove infiltratGo to step 4.


ing water completely.
Repair the open
Go to step 5.
circuit in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- Is the voltage 0.2 0.5 V?
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

Yes
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


Check the exhaust system parts.

Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

Is there any fault in exhaust


system?

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of portions
Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
Looseness and ill fitting of parts between
front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen
sensor

EN(STI)(diag)-139

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AD:DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-67, DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

6
4

2
1
B47

1
3

2
B61

2
4

2 1
4 3

SBF-5

F44

B19

F44

T5

B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

5
3

T6

B19

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY

REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR

B83

2
4
6

F60

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

1
3

T5
B19

*
*

2
10
20
30

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
81

2
3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D31
C35

B83

B2
D25

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3

T6

C : B136

A : B134

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B : B135
ECM
19

C : B136

B200
F74

D : B137

A6
A7

F60

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

E3
F74

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04157

EN(STI)(diag)-140

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0139.

EN(STI)(diag)-141

No
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AE:DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0172. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-142, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO
RICH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AF:DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-72, DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> and <Ref. to GD(STI)-75, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK
1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.


Warning:
Place NO FIRE signs near the working
area.
Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.
Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake
manifold. <Ref. to ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION,
Fuel Pressure.>

Check
Are there holes or loose bolts
on exhaust system?
Are there holes, loose bolts or
disconnection of hose on air
intake system?
Is the measured value 284
314 kPa (2.9 3.2 kgf/cm2, 41
46 psi)?

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze
fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel
pressure again.

EN(STI)(diag)-142

Yes
No
Repair the exhaust Go to step 2.
system.
Repair the air
Go to step 3.
intake system.
Go to step 4.

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
After connecting the pressure regulator vacuum hose, measure fuel pressure. <Ref. to
ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION, Fuel Pressure.>

Check
Yes
Is the measured value 230 Go to step 5.
260 kPa (2.35 2.65 kgf/cm2,
33 38 psi)?

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase,
squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then
measure fuel pressure again.
If out of specification as measured at this
step, check or replace the pressure regulator
and pressure regulator vacuum hose.

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Is the temperature more than


SENSOR.
60C (140F)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.
2) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR Is the measured value 2.7
TEMPERATURE.
4.7 g/s (0.36 0.62 lb/m)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-143

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

No
Repair the following items.
Fuel pressure too
high:
Faulty pressure regulator
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Faulty pressure regulator
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line
Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Open the front hood.
6) Measure the ambient temperature.
7) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.

Check
Subtract ambient temperature
from intake air temperature. Is
the obtained value 10 50C
(18 90F)?

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-144

Yes
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

No
Check the mass
air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AG:DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-78, DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
FUEL TANK

6
5

FUEL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

R58

6
4

R57
R15

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

4
2

R2
B98

*
*

1
B100

B83
F2
16

F60

C12
C35
D1
D2

E3

C: B136
ECM
D: B137

R58

B83

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

C: B136

R57

3
7
11
15

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

F2

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04160

EN(STI)(diag)-145

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Codes
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0181.

EN(STI)(diag)-146

No
Replace the fuel
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-8, Fuel
Temperature Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AH:DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-81, DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
FUEL TANK

6
5

FUEL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

R58

6
4

R57
R15

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

4
2

R2
B98

*
*

1
B100

B83
F2
16

F60

C12
C35
D1
D2

E3

C: B136
ECM
D: B137

R58

B83

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

C: B136

R57

3
7
11
15

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

F2

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04160

EN(STI)(diag)-147

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the temperature more than
1) Start the engine.
150C (302F)?
2) Read the data of fuel temperature sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general
scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Is the temperature less than
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
40C (40F)?
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the access hole lid.
3) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Read the data of fuel temperature sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general
scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-148

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment.

Replace the fuel


temperature sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-8, Fuel
Temperature Sensor.>

Repair short circuit


to ground in harness between fuel
pump and ECM
connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AI: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-83, DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
FUEL TANK

6
5

FUEL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

R58

6
4

R57
R15

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

4
2

R2
B98

*
*

1
B100

B83
F2
16

F60

C12
C35
D1
D2

E3

C: B136
ECM
D: B137

R58

B83

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

C: B136

R57

3
7
11
15

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

F2

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-04160

EN(STI)(diag)-149

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the temperature less than
1) Start the engine.
40C (40F)?
2) Read the data of fuel temperature sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general
scan tool.

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair poor contact.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
fuel pump connecFor detailed operation procedures, refer to
tor
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
Poor contact in
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
ECM connector
General scan tool
Poor contact in
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
coupling connector
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Poor contact in
joint connector
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair short circuit Go to step 3.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEMto battery in harPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECness between
TOR.
ECM and fuel
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
pump connector.
2) Remove the access hole lid.
3) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.
4) Measure the voltage between fuel pump
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair short circuit Go to step 4.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEMto battery in harPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECness between
TOR.
ECM and fuel
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
pump connector.
2) Measure the voltage between fuel pump
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEMIs the voltage more than 4 V? Go to step 5.
Repair harness
and connector.
PERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
NOTE:
Measure the voltage between fuel pump conIn this case, repair
nector and chassis ground.
the following:
Connector & terminal
Open circuit in
(R58) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
harness between
ECM and fuel
pump connector
Poor contact in
fuel pump connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

EN(STI)(diag)-150

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between fuel pump connector and ECM.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 5 (B136) No. 35:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

EN(STI)(diag)-151

Yes
Replace the fuel
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-8, Fuel
Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fuel
pump connector
Poor contact in
fuel pump connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AJ:DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH B CIRCUIT


LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-85, DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH B CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-152

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-153

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors (E84, E22), electronic throttle control connector harness while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in the connectors between
the ECM and electronic throttle control.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between the ECM
connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (E57) No. 5:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Check the resistance between the ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connectors.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK SHORT OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 4 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair the poor
Connector has
connectors between ECM and contact in connec- returned to a norelectronic throttle control?
tors.
mal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 4.
Repair the open
?
harness connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance more than 10 Repair the poor


?
contact in electronic throttle control connector. If
problem persists,
replace the electronic throttle control.

EN(STI)(diag)-154

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connectors. If
problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AK:DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH B CIRCUIT


HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-87, DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH B CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-155

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-156

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signals, using the Subaru Select Monitor.
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors (E84, E22), electronic throttle control connector harness while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (E57) No. 3:
(B136) No. 29 (E57) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between the electronic throttle control connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 Engine ground:
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Measure the voltage between the electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.

Check
Is the voltage less than 4.73
V?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair the poor
Connector has
connectors between ECM and contact in connec- returned to a norelectronic throttle control?
tors.
mal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 4.
Repair the open
?
circuit of harness
connector.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If the
problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6.

Repair the battery


short of harness
between ECM
connector and
electronic throttle
control connector.

Is the voltage less than 10 V?

Repair the short of


harness between
ECM connector
and electronic
throttle control
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-157

Go to step 7.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the voltage between connectors.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 (B136) No. 16:

Check
Is the resistance more than 1
M?

EN(STI)(diag)-158

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in electronic throttle control connector. If
problem persists,
replace the electronic throttle control.

No
Short circuit of
sensor power supply may be the
cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AL:DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-89, DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-5
4

6
B61

FUEL PUMP
RELAY
B46

B97

F44

R1

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL UNIT

5
2
20
19

R15

R3

D28
B27

B99

1
4

R57

6
4
14
15

R122

FUEL
PUMP

ECM

R58

B : B135
D : B137

F44

B97

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B99

B46
1 2
3 4

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

R58

R122

1 2 3
4 5 6

R57
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D : B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN(STI)(diag)-159

EN-04154

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT TO FUEL Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.
PUMP CONTROL UNIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump
control unit.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between fuel pump
control unit and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP Is the resistance less than 5


?
CONTROL UNIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between fuel pump control unit and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 1 Chassis ground:

Go to step 3.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP


CONTROL UNIT AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between fuel pump control unit and fuel pump
connector.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 4 (R58) No. 4:
(R122) No. 6 (R58) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP
CONTROL UNIT AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump control unit and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 4 Chassis ground:
(R122) No. 6 Chassis ground:

EN(STI)(diag)-160

No
Repair the power
supply circuit.
NOTE:
In this case repair
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between fuel
pump relay and
fuel pump control
unit
Poor contact in
fuel pump control
unit connector
Poor contact in
fuel pump relay
connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit
between fuel pump
control unit and
chassis ground
Poor contact in
fuel pump control
unit connector
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between fuel pump
control unit and
fuel pump.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between fuel
pump control unit
and fuel pump.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP Is the resistance less than 1
CONTROL UNIT AND ECM CONNECTOR.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between fuel pump control unit and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 5 (B137) No. 28:
(R122) No. 2 (B135) No. 27:

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP


CONTROL UNIT AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump control unit and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 5 Chassis ground:
(R122) No. 2 Chassis ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM and fuel pump
control unit connector.
CHECK EXPERIENCE OF OUT OF GAS.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Yes
Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Is there poor contact in ECM


Repair the poor
and fuel pump control unit con- contact in ECM
nector?
and fuel pump
control unit.
Have the vehicle been out of
Complete the
gas before?
diagnosis.

EN(STI)(diag)-161

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit
between fuel pump
control unit and
ECM
Poor contact in
fuel pump control
unit and ECM connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between fuel
pump control unit
and ECM.

Go to step 8.

Replace the fuel


pump control unit.
<Ref. to FU(STI)NOTE:
DTC may be re- 43, Fuel Pump
corded due to the Control Unit.>
idle running of fuel
pump at out of gas.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AM:DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A


RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-91, DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE
SOLENOID A RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

5
3
B61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F44

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B134

2
4
6

ECM
B134

32

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-04161

EN(STI)(diag)-162

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0244.

EN(STI)(diag)-163

No
Replace the
wastegate control
solenoid valve.
<Ref. to FU(STI)35, Wastegate
Control Solenoid
Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AN:DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-93, DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE
SOLENOID A LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

5
3
B61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F44

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B134

2
4
6

ECM
B134

32

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-04161

EN(STI)(diag)-164

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 32 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from wastegate
control solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between wastegate control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B127) No. 1 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve of
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 32 (B127) No. 1:

Check
Yes
No
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Even if malfunction Go to step 2.
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time.
Is the resistance less than 10 Repair the ground Go to step 3.
?
short circuit in harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector.

CHECK WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.


1) Remove the wastegate control solenoid
valve.
2) Measure the resistance between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between wastegate
control solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B127) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in wastegate control solenoid valve connector.

Is the resistance 30 40 ?

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6.

Is there poor contact in waste- Repair the poor


gate control solenoid valve
contact in wasteconnector?
gate control solenoid valve
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-165

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
wastegate control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector
Replace the
wastegate control
solenoid valve.
<Ref. to FU(STI)35, Wastegate
Control Solenoid
Valve.>
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between main
relay and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector.
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AO:DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-95, DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE
SOLENOID A HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

5
3
B61

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F44

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B134

2
4
6

ECM
B134

32

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-04161

EN(STI)(diag)-166

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 32 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 4.
short circuit in harCONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
ness between
CONNECTOR.
ECM and waste1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
gate control sole2) Disconnect the connector from wastegate
noid valve
control solenoid valve.
connector. After
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
repair, replace the
4) Measure the voltage between ECM and
ECM. <Ref. to
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
FU(STI)-39,
(B134) No. 32 (+) Chassis ground ():
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the
Go to step 5.
CHECK WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLE?
wastegate control
NOID VALVE.
solenoid valve
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
<Ref. to FU(STI)2) Measure the resistance between wastegate
35, Wastegate
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
Control Solenoid
No. 1 No. 2:
Valve.> and ECM
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair the poor
Replace the ECM.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
contact in ECM
<Ref. to FU(STI)connector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-167

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AP:DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AQ:DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AR:DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-168, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AS:DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-97, DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idling
Rough driving
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-168

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

B61

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5

5
3

2
1
B47

ECM

B136

B100
3

14

13

F44

B61

F2

12

11

10

1
9

F60
E3

2
1

E17

2
1

E6

2
1

E16

2
1

E5

#1

#2

#3

#4

FUEL INJECTORS

E5

E6

E16

E17

B136

F44
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

F60
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B47
1
3
5

2
4
6

EN-04155

EN(STI)(diag)-169

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B136) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
#2 (B136) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
#3 (B136) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
#4 (B136) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector
on faulty cylinders.
3) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
4) Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 1 Engine ground:
#2 (E16) No. 1 Engine ground:
#3 (E6) No. 1 Engine ground:
#4 (E17) No. 1 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness connector
between ECM connector and fuel injector on
faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B136) No. 6 (E5) No. 1:
#2 (B136) No. 5 (E16) No. 1:
#3 (B136) No. 4 (E6) No. 1:
#4 (B136) No. 3 (E17) No. 1:

CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.


Measure the resistance between fuel injector
terminals on faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7.
Go to step 3.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 4.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between fuel
injector and ECM
connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.

Is the resistance 5 20 ?

EN(STI)(diag)-170

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fuel
injector connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the faulty
fuel injector. <Ref.
to FU(STI)-31,
Fuel Injector.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between fuel injector
and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#4 (E17) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor
contact in all connectors in fuel
injector circuit.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and fuel
injector connector
on faulty cylinders
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Poor contact in
fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 8.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel
injector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector
on faulty cylinder.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B136) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
#2 (B136) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
#3 (B136) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
#4 (B136) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the resistance less than 1
CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION


SENSOR.

10

CHECK CRANK SPROCKET.


Remove the timing belt cover.

11

CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF


TIMING BELT.
Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark
on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

No
Repair the harness and connector.

Replace the faulty


fuel injector <Ref.
to FU(STI)-31,
Fuel Injector.> and
ECM <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>
Is the camshaft position sensor Tighten the camor crankshaft position sensor shaft position seninstalling bolt loose?
sor or crankshaft
position sensor.
Is the crank sprocket rusted or Replace the crank
its teeth damaged?
sprocket. <Ref. to
ME(STI)-53, Crank
Sprocket.>
Is the timing belt dislocated
Repair the installafrom its proper position?
tion condition of
timing belt. <Ref.
to ME(STI)-44,
Timing Belt.>

EN(STI)(diag)-171

Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 11.

Go to step 12.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

12

13

14

15

16

Step
CHECK FUEL LEVEL.

Check
Is the fuel meter indication
higher than the Lower level?

Yes
Go to step 13.

CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDI- Is the malfunction indicator


CATOR LIGHT.
light coming on or blinking?
1) Clear the memory using Subaru Select
Monitor.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
2) Start the engine, and drive the vehicle more
than 10 minutes.
CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE DIAGNOSED. Was the cause of misfire diagnosed when the engine is running?

Go to step 15.

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

CHECK CYLINDER.

Is there any fault in air intake


system?

Is there any fault in that cylinder?

EN(STI)(diag)-172

Finish the diagnostics operation,


if the engine has
no abnormality.

Repair the air


intake system.

No
Replenish the fuel
so fuel meter indication is higher
than the Lower
level. After replenishing fuel; Go to
step 13.
Go to step 14.

Repair the poor


contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
ignition coil connector
Poor contact in
fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 16.

NOTE:
Check the following items:
Are there air
leaks or air suction
caused by loose or
dislocated nuts
and bolts?
Are there cracks
or any disconnection of hoses?
Repair or replace Go to DTC P0171
and P0172. <Ref.
the faulty parts.
to EN(STI)(diag)NOTE:
Check the follow- 142, DTC P0171
SYSTEM TOO
ing items.
LEAN (BANK 1),
Spark plug
Diagnostic Proce Fuel injector
dure with Diagnos Compression
tic Trouble Code
pressure
(DTC).>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AT:DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE


SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-103, DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
(BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Poor driving performance
Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

KNOCK
SENSOR

E14

E14

1 2

B20
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

E1
B20

B136
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

33

25

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B136 ECM

EN-03263

EN(STI)(diag)-173

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN- Is the resistance more than
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
700 k?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 25 Chassis ground:

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is the resistance more than


CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from knock sen- 700 k?
sor.
2) Measure the resistance between knock
sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
Terminals
No. 2 Engine ground:

Go to step 3.

CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK SENSOR


INSTALLATION.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
knock sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Is the knock sensor installation Replace the knock Tighten the knock
sensor installation
bolt tightened securely?
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-28, Knock bolt securely.
Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-174

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AU:DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE


SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-105, DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
(BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Poor driving performance
Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

KNOCK
SENSOR

E14

E14

1 2

B20
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

E1
B20

B136
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

33

25

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B136 ECM

EN-03263

EN(STI)(diag)-175

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 25 Chassis ground:
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from knock sensor.
2) Measure the resistance between knock
sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
Terminals
No. 2 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the resistance less than 400 Go to step 2.
k?

No
Go to step 3.

Is the resistance less than 400 Replace the knock


k?
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-28, Knock
Sensor.>

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
knock sensor connector and ECM
connector.

Is the voltage more than 2 V?


CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Connect the connectors to ECM and knock
sensor.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():

NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
is
shielded. Repair
the short circuit of
harness together
with shield.
Even if malfunction Repair the poor
indicator light
contact in ECM
lights up, the circonnector.
cuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time.
(However, the possibility of poor contact still remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

EN(STI)(diag)-176

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AV:DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-107, DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A
CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E10
E10
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

2
1

E1

B135

22
10
31

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

B135

ECM

EN-04578

EN(STI)(diag)-177

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANKIs the resistance more than
SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON- 100 k?
NECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from crankshaft
position sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between crankshaft position sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 Engine ground:

Is the resistance more than 1


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON- M?
NECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
crankshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON- ?
NECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
crankshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 2 Engine ground:

Yes
No
Repair the harGo to step 2.
ness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector.

Go to step 4.

NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
are
shielded. Repair
ground short circuit
in harness together with shield.
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO- Is the crankshaft position sen- Go to step 5.
Tighten the crankSITION SENSOR.
sor installation bolt tightened
shaft position sensecurely?
sor installation bolt
securely.
Repair the poor
Replace the crankCHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Is the resistance 1 4 k?
contact in crankshaft position sen1) Remove the crankshaft position sensor.
shaft position sen- sor. <Ref. to
2) Measure the resistance between connector
sor connector.
FU(STI)-26,
terminals of crankshaft position sensor.
Terminals
Crankshaft PosiNo. 1 No. 2:
tion Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-178

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AW:DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-109, DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A
CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E10
E10
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

2
1

E1

B135

22
10
31

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

B135

ECM

EN-04578

EN(STI)(diag)-179

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO- Is the crankshaft position sen- Go to step 3.
Tighten the crankSITION SENSOR.
sor installation bolt tightened
shaft position senTurn the ignition switch to OFF.
securely?
sor installation bolt
securely.
CHECK CRANK SPROCKET.
Are the crank sprocket teeth
Replace the crank Go to step 4.
Remove the front belt cover.
cracked or damaged?
sprocket. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-26,
Crankshaft Position Sensor.>
CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF
Is the timing belt dislocated
Repair the installa- Replace the crankTIMING BELT.
from its proper position?
tion condition of
shaft position senTurn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark
timing belt. <Ref. sor. <Ref. to
on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylto ME(STI)-44,
FU(STI)-26,
inder block.
Timing Belt.>
Crankshaft Position Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-180

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AX:DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-111, DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

5
3

6
B61

F44

2
1
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR RH

CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR LH

B61
1

B47

2
3

2
3

F44

E35

E36

1
F60

E3

10
7

E1
E1
8

B20

B20

*
*
B9

B8
C35

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

B : B135
ECM
C : B136

E35
B47

B20

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B:

F60

B135

C:

B136

E36

1 2 3

1
3
5

2
4
6

1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

EN-04246

EN(STI)(diag)-181

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from camshaft
position sensor.
3) Measure the voltage between camshaft
position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E36) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between camshaft
position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E36) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():

Check
Yes
No
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 2.
short circuit in harness between
main relay connector and camshaft
position sensor
connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between camshaft position sensor and ECM.
Connector & terminal
(E36) No. 2 (E135) No. 9:
(E36) No. 3 (E136) No. 35:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E36) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E36) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM.

Is the camshaft position sensor Go to step 6.


installation bolt tightened
securely?

Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt


securely.
Go to step 7.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.


Check the camshaft position sensor wave
form. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-18, Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal.>

Is any abnormality found in


waveform?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-182

Repair the open or


ground short circuit in harness
between main
relay connector
and camshaft
position sensor
connector.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between camshaft
position sensor
and ECM.

Replace the camshaft position sensor. <Ref. to


FU(STI)-27, Camshaft Position Sensor.>
Repair the poor
Replace the ECM.
contact in ECM
<Ref. to FU(STI)connector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AY:DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT (BANK 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-112, DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

5
3

6
B61

F44

2
1
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR RH

CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR LH

B61
1

B47

2
3

2
3

F44

E35

E36

1
F60

E3

10
7

E1
E1
8

B20

B20

*
*
B9

B8
C35

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

B : B135
ECM
C : B136

E35
B47

B20

B83

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B:

F60

B135

C:

B136

E36

1 2 3

1
3
5

2
4
6

1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

EN-04246

EN(STI)(diag)-183

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from camshaft
position sensor.
3) Measure the voltage between camshaft
position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E35) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between camshaft
position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E35) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():

Check
Yes
No
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 2.
short circuit in harness between
main relay connector and camshaft
position sensor
connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between camshaft position sensor and ECM.
Connector & terminal
(E35) No. 2 (B135) No. 8:
(E35) No. 3 (B136) No. 35:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E35) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E35) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM.

Is the camshaft position sensor Go to step 6.


installation bolt tightened
securely?

Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt


securely.
Go to step 7.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.


Check the camshaft position sensor wave
form. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-18, Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal.>

Is any abnormality found in


waveform?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-184

Repair the open or


ground short circuit in harness
between main
relay connector
and camshaft
position sensor
connector.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between camshaft
position sensor
and ECM.

Replace the camshaft position sensor. <Ref. to


FU(STI)-27, Camshaft Position Sensor.>
Repair the poor
Replace the ECM.
contact in ECM
<Ref. to FU(STI)connector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AZ:DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK


1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-113, DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
2

6
4
F61

5
3

F44

B18

4
1

4
3

T6

A26
A33

2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

REAR OXYGEN
SENSOR

B47

A2
A3

T5

B19

2
1

4
1

T5
B19

*
*

A : B134

B18

B19

1 2

1
3

3 4

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

2
4

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

T6

F44

2 1
4 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B:

B : B135 C : B136

B135

B47
1
3
5

ECM

B83

2
4
6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

C:

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D : B137

A25

D31

: TERMINAL No.
RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

D25

C35
B2

B83

B136

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B137

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN-04579

EN(STI)(diag)-185

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by
loose or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open
hole at exhaust pipes.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0420.
Is there a fault in exhaust sys- Repair or replace Go to step 3.
tem?
the exhaust system. <Ref. to
EX(STI)-2, General Description.>

NOTE:
Check the following positions.
Between cylinder head and front exhaust
pipe
Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter
Between front catalytic converter and rear
catalytic converter
Looseness and incomplete installation of
front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen
sensor
CHECK WAVEFORM ON SUBARU SELECT Is normal waveform displayed?
MONITOR. (DURING DRIVING)
1) Drive at a constant speed of 80 113 km/
h (50 70 MPH).
2) After leaving it in the condition of Step 1) for
5 minutes, read the waveform data using Subaru Select Monitor while driving. <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-18, ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION, Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal.>
CHECK WAVEFORM ON SUBARU SELECT Is normal waveform displayed?
MONITOR. (DURING IDLING)
1) Run the vehicle at idle.
2) In the condition of Step 1), read the waveform data using Subaru Select Monitor. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-18, ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION, Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O
Signal.>

EN(STI)(diag)-186

Contact your SOA Go to step 4.


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 5.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK VOLTAGE OF REAR OXYGEN SEN- Is the voltage more than 490
SOR.
mV?
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes at
the longest)
2) Read the rear oxygen sensor voltage using
Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNEC- Is there water in connector?
TOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 25 (T6) No. 3:
(B136) No. 35 (T6) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():

Yes
Go to step 9.

No
Go to step 6.

Is the resistance more than 3


?

Remove infiltratGo to step 7.


ing water completely.
Repair the open
Go to step 8.
circuit in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Is the voltage 0.2 0.5 V?

Go to step 11.

EN(STI)(diag)-187

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
Repair the following items.
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact of
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

Step
Check
CHECK VOLTAGE OF REAR OXYGEN SEN- Is the voltage less than 250
SOR.
mV?
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
temperature is above 70C (158F), and immediately decrease the engine speed from 3,000
rpm.
2) Read the rear oxygen sensor voltage using
Subaru Select Monitor.

Yes
No
Contact your SOA Go to step 6.
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER.
Is the catalytic converter dam- Replace the cataaged?
lytic converter.
<Ref. to EC(STI)3, Front Catalytic
Converter.>
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SHIELD. Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the rear
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
?
oxygen sensor.
2) Bare the sensor shield of body side har<Ref. to FU(STI)ness of rear oxygen sensor connector.
38, Rear Oxygen
3) Measure the resistance between sensor
Sensor.>
shield and chassis ground.

EN(STI)(diag)-188

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair the open
circuit in rear oxygen sensor harness.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BA:DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-116, DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Fuel odor
There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-189

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
MAIN RELAY

SBF-5
6
6
4

B61

F44

5
3

2
1
B47

14

12

ECM

B61

R2

F44

B200
1

B98
1

13

B134

F74

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

F44

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F60

E3

R68

E4
1

R57

R69

DRAIN
VALVE

F60

13

R15

PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

E4

B134

R57
R68

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74
R69

1 2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04162

EN(STI)(diag)-190

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Check the fuel filler cap.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened


securely?

NOTE:
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is
or was loose or if the cap chain was caught
while tightening.
CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
Is the fuel filler cap SUBARU
genuine?

CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACKING.

CHECK DRAIN VALVE.


1) Connect the test mode connector.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Operate the drain valve.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten fuel filler
cap securely.

Go to step 4.

Replace with a
SUBARU genuine
fuel filler cap.
Go to step 5.

Is there any damage to the


Repair or replace
seal between fuel filler cap and the fuel filler cap
fuel filler pipe?
and fuel filler pipe.
<Ref. to FU(STI)48, Fuel Filler
Pipe.>
Does the drain valve operate? Go to step 6.
Replace the drain
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory
Valve Operation Check Mode.>
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
Does the purge control soleVALVE.
noid valve operate?
Operate the purge control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation can also
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>
CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID Does the pressure control
VALVE.
solenoid valve operate?
Operate the pressure control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor.
For the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve
Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>

EN(STI)(diag)-191

Go to step 7.

Replace the purge


control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-6, Purge
Control Solenoid
Valve.>

Go to step 8.

Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. <Ref.


to EC(STI)-12,
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

Step
CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.

Check
Yes
Is there a hole of more than 1.0 Repair or replace
mm (0.04 in) dia. on evapora- the evaporation
tion line?
line. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-60, Fuel
Delivery, Return
and Evaporation
Lines.>
CHECK CANISTER.
Is the canister damaged or is Repair or replace
there a hole of more than 1.0 the canister. <Ref.
mm (0.04 in) dia. in it?
to EC(STI)-5, Canister.>
CHECK FUEL TANK.
Is the fuel tank damaged or is Repair or replace
Remove the fuel tank. <Ref. to FU(STI)-45,
there a hole of more than 1.0 the fuel tank. <Ref.
Fuel Tank.>
mm (0.04 in) dia. in it?
to FU(STI)-45,
Fuel Tank.>
CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROU- Are there holes of more than
Repair or replace
BLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia., cracks, the hoses or pipes.
TROL SYSTEM.
clogging, or disconnections,
bend, misconnection of hoses
or pipes in evaporative emission control system?

EN(STI)(diag)-192

No
Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 11.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BB:DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL


CIRCUIT OPEN
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-139, DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

6
B61

F44

5
3

13

6
B98

2
1

R2

R15

1
2
R57

DRAIN
VALVE
CANISTER

R69

B47

R57
R15

R2

13

B98

B134

ECM

R69

F44

1 2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04163

EN(STI)(diag)-193

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment.
(However, the possibility of poor contact still remains.)

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN DRAIN


VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from drain valve
and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between drain valve connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(R69) No. 2 Chassis ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN DRAIN
VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and drain valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 13 (R69) No. 2:

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 5.

CHECK DRAIN VALVE.


Measure the resistance between drain valve
terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Is the resistance 10 100 ? Go to step 6.

EN(STI)(diag)-194

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
drain valve connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair short circuit
to ground in harness between
ECM and drain
valve connector.

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and drain
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the drain
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between drain valve
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R69) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.


Check for poor contact in drain valve connector.

Is there poor contact in drain


valve connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-195

Repair poor contact in drain valve


connector.

No
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
drain valve
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BC:DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL


CIRCUIT SHORTED
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-141, DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

6
B61

F44

5
3

13

6
B98

2
1

R2

R15

1
2
R57

DRAIN
VALVE
CANISTER

R69

B47

R57
R15

R2

13

B98

B134

ECM

R69

F44

1 2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04163

EN(STI)(diag)-196

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the test mode connector at the
lower portion of instrument panel (on the
drivers side).
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating the drain valve, measure
voltage between ECM and chassis ground.

Check
Does the resistance change
within 0 10 V?

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Drain valve operation can be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer
to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.
<Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve
Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair poor conCheck for poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
tact in ECM connector.

No
The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment. In
this case, repair
poor contact in
ECM connector.

Go to step 3.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair short circuit Go to step 5.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN DRAIN
to battery in harVALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
ness between
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ECM and drain
2) Disconnect the connector from drain valve.
valve connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
After repair,
4) Measure the voltage between ECM and
replace the ECM.
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
<Ref. to FU(STI)(B134) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the drain Go to step 6.
CHECK DRAIN VALVE.
?
valve <Ref. to
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
EC(STI)-16, Drain
2) Measure the resistance between drain
Valve.> and ECM
valve terminals.
Terminals
<Ref. to FU(STI)No. 1 No. 2:
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>.
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair poor con- Replace the ECM.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
tact in ECM con- <Ref. to FU(STI)nector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-197

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BD:DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE


SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-143, DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR

R47

17

16

19

R57
R15

11

10

R2
B98

*
*

35

21

16

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

B136 ECM

R47

1 2 3

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

B136

B83
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B98
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EN-04164

EN(STI)(diag)-198

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Open the fuel filler flap lid.
CHECK PRESSURE/VACUUM LINE.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened


securely?

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the
vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank
pressure sensor and fuel tank
Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air
ventilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler
pipe and fuel tank

Is there any fault in pressure/


vacuum line?

EN(STI)(diag)-199

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten fuel filler
cap securely.
Repair or replace
the hoses and
pipes.

Replace the fuel


tank pressure sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-10, Fuel
Tank Pressure
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BE:DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE


SENSOR LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-145, DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR

R47

17

16

19

R57
R15

11

10

R2
B98

*
*

35

21

16

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

B136 ECM

R47

1 2 3

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

B136

B83
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B98
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EN-04164

EN(STI)(diag)-200

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the measured valve less
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
than 2.8 kPa (21.0 mmHg,
2) Remove the fuel filler cap.
0.827 inHg)?
3) Install the fuel filler cap.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 21 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4.

Go to step 3.

Does the measured value


Repair poor conexceed the specified value by tact in ECM conshaking the ECM harness and nector.
connector?

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? Go to step 6.

Go to step 5.

Repair poor conDoes the measured value


exceed the specified value by tact in ECM conshaking the ECM harness and nector.
connector?

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 7.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COUPLING CONNECTOR IN REAR WIRING
HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the rear seat cushion.
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank
cord.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure the voltage between rear wiring
harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R15) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-201

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and rear wiring harness connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

12

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 1
COUPLING CONNECTOR IN REAR WIRING ?
HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear wiring harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (R15) No. 17:

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


COUPLING CONNECTOR IN REAR WIRING
HARNESS.
Measure the resistance of harness between
rear wiring harness connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(R15) No. 17 Chassis ground:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1) Disconnect the connector from fuel tank
pressure sensor.
2) Measure the resistance of fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 19 (R47) No. 3:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure the resistance of fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 17 (R47) No. 2:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel tank pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(R47) No. 1 Chassis ground:
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in fuel tank pressure
sensor connector.

Yes
Go to step 8.

No
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and rear wiring harness connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair short circuit
to ground in harness between
ECM and rear wiring harness connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 9.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 10.

Repair open circuit


in fuel tank cord.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 11.

Repair open circuit


in fuel tank cord.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 12.

Repair short circuit


to ground in fuel
tank cord.

Is there poor contact in fuel


tank pressure sensor connector?

Repair poor contact in fuel tank


pressure sensor
connector.

Replace the fuel


tank pressure sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-10, Fuel
Tank Pressure
Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-202

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BF:DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE


SENSOR HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-147, DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR

R47

17

16

19

R57
R15

11

10

R2
B98

*
*

35

21

16

B83

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

B136 ECM

R47

1 2 3

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

B136

B83
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B98
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EN-04164

EN(STI)(diag)-203

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
Is the measured value more
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
than 2.8 kPa (21.0 mmHg,
2) Remove the fuel filler cap.
0.827 inHg)
3) Install the fuel filler cap.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 21 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.

Yes
Go to step 11.

No
Go to step 2.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4.

Go to step 3.

Does the measured value


Repair poor conexceed the specified value by tact in ECM conshaking the ECM harness and nector.
connector?

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? Go to step 6.

Go to step 5.

Does the measured value


Repair poor conexceed 2.8 kPa (21.0
tact in ECM conmmHg, 0.827 inHg) by shak- nector.
ing the ECM harness and connector?

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 7.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COUPLING CONNECTOR IN REAR WIRING
HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the rear seat cushion.
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank
cord.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure the voltage between rear wiring
harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R15) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-204

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and rear wiring harness connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 1
COUPLING CONNECTOR IN REAR WIRING ?
HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear wiring harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 21 (R15) No. 16:
(B136) No. 35 (R15) No. 17:

Yes
Go to step 8.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 9.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 10.

Is there poor contact in fuel


tank pressure sensor connector?

Repair poor contact in fuel tank


pressure sensor
connector.

CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.


1) Disconnect the connector from fuel tank
pressure sensor.
2) Measure the resistance of fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 16 (R47) No. 1:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure the resistance of fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 17 (R47) No. 2:
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in fuel tank pressure
sensor connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


Is the measured value more
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNEC- than 2.8 kPa (21.0 mmHg,
TOR.
0.827 inHg)?
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel tank
pressure sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-205

No
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and rear wiring harness connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair open circuit
in fuel tank cord.

Repair open circuit


in fuel tank cord.

Replace the fuel


tank pressure sensor. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-10, Fuel
Tank Pressure
Sensor.>
Repair short circuit Replace the fuel
to battery in hartank pressure senness between
sor. <Ref. to
ECM and fuel tank EC(STI)-10, Fuel
pressure sensor
Tank Pressure
connector.
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BG:DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-148, DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Fuel odor
There is a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-206

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
MAIN RELAY

SBF-5
6
6
4

B61

F44

5
3

2
1
B47

14

12

ECM

B61

R2

F44

B200
1

B98
1

13

B134

F74

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

F44

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F60

E3

R68

E4
1

R57

R69

DRAIN
VALVE

F60

13

R15

PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

E4

B134

R57
R68

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74
R69

1 2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04162

EN(STI)(diag)-207

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Check the fuel filler cap.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened


securely?

NOTE:
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is
or was loose or if the cap chain was caught
while tightening.
CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
Is the fuel filler cap SUBARU
genuine?

CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACKING.

CHECK DRAIN VALVE.


1) Connect the test mode connector.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Operate the drain valve.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten fuel filler
cap securely.

Go to step 4.

Replace with a
SUBARU genuine
fuel filler cap.
Go to step 5.

Is there any damage to the


Repair or replace
seal between fuel filler cap and the fuel filler cap
fuel filler pipe?
and fuel filler pipe.
<Ref. to FU(STI)48, Fuel Filler
Pipe.>
Does the drain valve operate? Go to step 6.
Replace the drain
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory
Valve Operation Check Mode.>
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
Does the purge control soleVALVE.
noid valve operate?
Operate the purge control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation can also
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>
CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID Does the pressure control
VALVE.
solenoid valve operate?
Operate the pressure control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor.
For the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve
Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>

EN(STI)(diag)-208

Go to step 7.

Replace the purge


control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-6, Purge
Control Solenoid
Valve.>

Go to step 8.

Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. <Ref.


to EC(STI)-6,
Purge Control
Solenoid Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

Step
CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.

Check
Yes
Is there a hole of more than 0.5 Repair or replace
mm (0.020 in) dia. on evapora- the evaporation
tion line?
line. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-60, Fuel
Delivery, Return
and Evaporation
Lines.>
CHECK CANISTER.
Is the canister damaged or is Repair or replace
there a hole of more than 0.5 the canister. <Ref.
mm (0.020 in) dia. in it?
to EC(STI)-5, Canister.>
CHECK FUEL TANK.
Is the fuel tank damaged or is Repair or replace
Remove the fuel tank. <Ref. to FU(H4DOTC)- there a hole of more than 0.5 the fuel tank. <Ref.
51, Fuel Tank.>
mm (0.020 in) dia. in it?
to FU(STI)-45,
Fuel Tank.>
CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROU- Are there holes of more than
Repair or replace
BLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia., cracks, the hoses or pipes.
TROL SYSTEM.
clogging, or disconnections,
bend, misconnection of hoses
or pipes in evaporative emission control system?

EN(STI)(diag)-209

No
Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 11.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BH:DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-148, DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Fuel odor
Fuel filler cap is loose or not installed.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-210

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
MAIN RELAY

SBF-5
6
6
4

B61

F44

5
3

2
1
B47

14

12

ECM

B61

R2

F44

B200
1

B98
1

13

B134

F74

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

F44

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F60

E3

R68

E4
1

R57

R69

DRAIN
VALVE

F60

13

R15

PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

E4

B134

R57
R68

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74
R69

1 2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04162

EN(STI)(diag)-211

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Check the fuel filler cap.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened


securely?

NOTE:
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is
or was loose or if the cap chain was caught
while tightening.
CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
Is the fuel filler cap SUBARU
genuine?

CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACKING.

CHECK DRAIN VALVE.


1) Connect the test mode connector.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Operate the drain valve.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten fuel filler
cap securely.

Go to step 4.

Replace with a
SUBARU genuine
fuel filler cap.
Go to step 5.

Is there any damage to the


Repair or replace
seal between fuel filler cap and the fuel filler cap
fuel filler pipe?
and fuel filler pipe.
<Ref. to FU(STI)48, Fuel Filler
Pipe.>
Does the drain valve operate? Go to step 6.
Replace the drain
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory
Valve Operation Check Mode.>
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
Does the purge control soleVALVE.
noid valve operate?
Operate the purge control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation can also
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)69, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID Does the pressure control
solenoid valve operate?
VALVE.
Operate the pressure control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor.
For the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve
Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>
CHECK CANISTER.
Is the canister damaged?

EN(STI)(diag)-212

Go to step 7.

Replace the purge


control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-6, Purge
Control Solenoid
Valve.>

Go to step 8.

Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. <Ref.


to EC(STI)-6,
Purge Control
Solenoid Valve.>

Repair or replace Go to step 9.


the canister. <Ref.
to EC(STI)-5, Canister.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK FUEL TANK.
Remove the fuel tank. <Ref. to FU(STI)-45,
Fuel Tank.>

Check
Is the fuel tank damaged?

Yes
No
Repair or replace Go to step 10.
the fuel tank. <Ref.
to FU(STI)-45,
Fuel Tank.>
CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROU- Are there holes of more than
Repair or replace Contact your SOA
BLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia., cracks, the hoses or pipes. Service Center
TROL SYSTEM.
clogging, or disconnections,
since deterioramisconnection of hoses or
tion of some parts
pipes in evaporative emission
may be the cause.
control system?

EN(STI)(diag)-213

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BI: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-149, DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
B47

F44
6
4

BATTERY

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

2
4
6

F44

2
1
B134
B47

ECM

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

14

B134

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

F60

1
5
9
13

B200

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

E4

B61

2
6
10
14

F74

F44

1 2

F74
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
2

F60
E3

1
2

E4

E
PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

EN(STI)(diag)-214

EN-04247

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from purge control solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E4) No. 2 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and purge control solenoid valve of harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 14 (E4) No. 2:

Check
Yes
No
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Even if malfunction Go to step 2.
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time.
Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 3.
Repair the ground
M?
short circuit in harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID


VALVE.
1) Remove the purge control solenoid valve.
2) Measure the resistance between purge
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between purge control
solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E4) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in purge control solenoid
valve connector.

Is the resistance 10 100 ? Go to step 5.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
purge control solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the purge
control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-6, Purge
Control Solenoid
Valve.>

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between main
relay and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

Is there poor contact in purge Repair the poor


control solenoid valve connec- contact in purge
tor?
control solenoid
valve connector.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

EN(STI)(diag)-215

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BJ:DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-151, DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN RELAY
B47

F44
6
4

BATTERY

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

2
4
6

F44

2
1
B134
B47

ECM

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

14

B134

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

F60

1
5
9
13

B200

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

E4

B61

2
6
10
14

F74

F44

1 2

F74
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
2

F60
E3

1
2

E4

E
PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

EN(STI)(diag)-216

EN-04247

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Is the voltage 0 13 V?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the test mode connector at the
lower portion of instrument panel (on the
drivers side).
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating the purge control solenoid
valve, measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be
executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For
procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46,
Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair the poor
Check the poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. In
this case, repair
the poor contact in
ECM connector.

Go to step 3.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON- Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 5.
TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONshort circuit in harNECTOR.
ness between
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
ECM and purge
2) Disconnect the connector from purge concontrol solenoid
trol solenoid valve.
valve connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
After repair,
4) Measure the voltage between ECM and
replace the ECM.
chassis ground.
<Ref. to FU(STI)Connector & terminal
39, Engine Con(B134) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
trol Module
(ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the purge Go to step 6.
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
?
control solenoid
VALVE.
valve and ECM
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
<Ref. to EC(STI)2) Measure the resistance between purge
6, Purge Control
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
Solenoid Valve.>
No. 1 No. 2:
ECM <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair the poor
Replace the ECM.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
contact in ECM
<Ref. to FU(STI)connector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-217

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BK:DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-153, DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-218

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
No.13

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
11

B36

C7

i1

C6

A3
23

i1

FUEL
GAUGE

B36

COMBINATION
METER
A:

i12

C:

i11

i2
B37
B136
20
ECM
1

B100

F2

F60

E3

11

B99

16

R3

11

R15
R57

3
2

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

F2

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i1

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

B37
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B99

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

A:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-04712

EN(STI)(diag)-219

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0461.

EN(STI)(diag)-220

No
Replace the fuel
level sensor. <Ref.
to FU(STI)-54,
Fuel Level Sensor.> and fuel sub
level sensor <Ref.
to FU(STI)-55,
Fuel Sub Level
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BL:DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-155, DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-221

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
No.13

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
11

B36

C7

i1

C6

A3
23

i1

FUEL
GAUGE

B36

COMBINATION
METER
A:

i12

C:

i11

i2
B37
B136
20
ECM
1

B100

F2

F60

E3

11

B99

16

R3

11

R15
R57

3
2

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

F2

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i1

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

B37
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B99

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

A:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-04712

EN(STI)(diag)-222

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER OPERATION IN COMBINATION
METER.

Check
Yes
Does the speedometer and
Go to step 2.
tachometer operate normally?

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine
OFF)
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
Read the data of fuel level sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor.

Is the voltage less than 0.12


V?

Go to step 4.

Does the voltage change, while Repair the poor


shaking the ECM harness and contact in ECM
connector?
connector.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>

CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Separate the fuel tank cord connector
(R57) and rear wiring harness connector
(R15).
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATION METER.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from connector
(i11), (i12) and ECM connector.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 Chassis ground:

Is the voltage more than 0.12


V?

Go to step 5.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 7.

EN(STI)(diag)-223

No
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to IDI3, Combination
Meter System.>
Go to step 3.

Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
combination meter
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connectors
Go to step 6.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and combination meter connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATION METER.
Measure the resistance between ECM and
combination meter connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (i12) No. 3:

Check
Is the resistance less than 10
?

Yes
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to IDI3, Combination
Meter System.>

CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel sub
level sensor.
3) Measure the resistance between fuel sub
level sensor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R59) No. 1 Chassis ground:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump
assembly.
2) Measure the resistance between fuel pump
assembly and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R59) No. 2 Chassis ground:
CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Remove the fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-52, Fuel Pump.>
2) Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and terminals with its float set to the full
position.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 3:
CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Remove the fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-55, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.>
2) Measure the resistance between fuel sub
level sensor and terminals with its float set to
the full position.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 8.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 9.

Is the resistance 0.5 2.5 ? Go to step 10.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and combination meter connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in fuel
tank cord.

Repair the ground


short circuit in fuel
tank cord.

Replace the fuel


level sensor.

Is the resistance 0.5 2.5 ? Repair the poor


Replace the fuel
contact in harness sub level sensor.
between ECM and
combination meter
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-224

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BM:DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-157, DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-225

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
No.13

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
11

B36

C7

i1

C6

A3
23

i1

FUEL
GAUGE

B36

COMBINATION
METER
A:

i12

C:

i11

i2
B37
B136
20
ECM
1

B100

F2

F60

E3

11

B99

16

R3

11

R15
R57

3
2

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

F2

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i1

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

B37
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B99

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

A:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-04712

EN(STI)(diag)-226

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER OPERATION IN COMBINATION
METER.

Check
Yes
Does the speedometer and
Go to step 2.
tachometer operate normally?

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine
OFF)
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the voltage more than 4.75


V?

Go to step 3.

No
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to IDI3, Combination
Meter System.>
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
fuel pump connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the battery
short circuit
between ECM and
combination meter
connector.

CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the combination meter connector (i11) and ECM connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FUEL TANK CORD.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Separate the fuel tank cord connector
(R57) and rear wiring harness connector
(R15).
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 20 (R15) No. 8:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK
CORD AND CHASSIS GROUND.
Measure the resistance between fuel tank cord
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R15) No. 11 Chassis ground:

Is the voltage more than 4.75


V?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

Repair the open


circuit between
ECM and fuel tank
cord.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit between
fuel tank cord and
chassis ground.

CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.


1) Disconnect the connector from fuel level
sensor.
2) Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 11 (R58) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 10


?

EN(STI)(diag)-227

Go to step 7.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
coupling connectors
Repair the open
circuit between
coupling connector
and fuel level sensor.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1) Disconnect the connector from fuel sub
level sensor.
2) Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and fuel sub level sensor.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 3 (R59) No. 2:
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure the resistance between fuel sub level
sensor and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 8 (R59) No. 1:
CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Remove the fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-52, Fuel Pump.>
2) While moving the fuel level sensor float up
and down, measure the resistance between
fuel level sensor terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 3:
CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Remove the fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-55, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.>
2) While moving the fuel sub level sensor float
up and down, measure the resistance between
fuel sub level sensor terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Check
Is the resistance less than 10
?

Yes
Go to step 8.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
fuel level sensor
and fuel sub level
sensor.

Is the resistance less than 10


?

Go to step 9.

Repair the open


circuit between
coupling connector
and fuel sub level
sensor.
Go to step 10.

Is the resistance more than 53 Replace the fuel


?
level sensor. <Ref.
to FU(STI)-54,
Fuel Level Sensor.>

Is the resistance more than 45 Replace the fuel


?
sub level sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)55, Fuel Sub Level
Sensor.>

EN(STI)(diag)-228

Replace the combination meter.


<Ref. to IDI-10,
Combination
Meter.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BN:DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-159, DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-229

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
No.13

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
11

B36

C7

i1

C6

A3
23

i1

FUEL
GAUGE

B36

COMBINATION
METER
A:

i12

C:

i11

i2
B37
B136
20
ECM
1

B100

F2

F60

E3

11

B99

16

R3

11

R15
R57

3
2

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

F2

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i1

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

B37
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B99

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

A:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

i12

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C:

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-04712

EN(STI)(diag)-230

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.


1) Remove the fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-52, Fuel Pump.>
2) While moving the fuel level sensor float up
and down, make sure that the resistance
between fuel level sensor terminals changes
smoothly.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 2:
CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Remove the fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-55, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.>
2) While moving the fuel sub level sensor float
up and down, make sure that the resistance
between fuel level sensor terminals changes
smoothly.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Does the resistance change


smoothly?

Does the resistance change


smoothly?

EN(STI)(diag)-231

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Replace the fuel
level sensor. <Ref.
to FU(STI)-54,
Fuel Level Sensor.>

Repair the poor


contact in ECM,
combination meter
and coupling connectors.

Replace the fuel


sub level sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)55, Fuel Sub Level
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BO:DTC P0483 COOLING FAN RATIONALITY CHECK


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-162, DTC P0483 COOLING FAN RATIONALITY CHECK,
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Occurrence of noise
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal cooling function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.

EN(STI)(diag)-232

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
SBF-1

B72

IGNITION
SWITCH
No.18

SBF-4

No.17

25
24

2
12

MAIN FAN
RELAY 1

4
3

MAIN FAN
RELAY 2

F17

E
SUB FAN
MOTOR

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

F27

B72

1 2
3 4

4
3
1
2

4
3
1
2

F16

F27

20A

SUB FAN
RELAY 1

2
1

SUB FAN
RELAY 2

20A

30
34
32
31

F45

29
25
27
28

B62

9
7
5
8

ECM

20
22
24
21

B135

5 6 7 10 15 16 17 20 25 26 27 30
8
11
18
21
28
31
9 12 13 14 19 22 23 24 29 32 33 34

35
36

A/C RELAY HOLDER

B135

F45

F16

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F17

1 2
3 4

EN-04604

EN(STI)(diag)-233

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

EN(STI)(diag)-234

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Check the radiator
fan, fan motor and
thermostat. If thermostat is stuck,
replace thermostat. <Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-27,
Radiator Main Fan
and Fan Motor.>
<Ref. to
CO(H4SO)-28,
Radiator Sub Fan
and Fan Motor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BP:DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-164, DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B72

IGNITION
SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

1 2
3 4

SBF-1

1
4
No.18

F2

B72

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B17

1 2 3

F60

VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR

1
5
9
13

1
2

B17

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

COMBINATION
METER
i11
B100
F2

B37

i11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

F60

B37

16

26

i2

25

E3

B135 ECM

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

EN-04248

EN(STI)(diag)-235

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from vehicle
speed sensor and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between vehicle speed sensor connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B17) No. 1 Chassis ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in the vehicle speed sensor connector.

Check
Is the resistance more than 1
M?

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair poor convehicle speed sensor connec- tact in the vehicle
tor?
speed sensor connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-236

No
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
vehicle speed sensor and ECM connector.

Replace the vehicle speed sensor.


<Ref. to 5MT-38,
Vehicle Speed
Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BQ:DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT/ERRATIC/HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-165, DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT/ERRATIC/HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B72

IGNITION
SWITCH

BATTERY
SBF-4

1 2
3 4

SBF-1

1
4
No.18

F2

B72

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B17

1 2 3

F60

VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR

1
5
9
13

1
2

B17

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

COMBINATION
METER
i11
B100
F2

B37

i11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

F60

B37

16

26

i2

25

E3

B135 ECM

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25

EN-04248

EN(STI)(diag)-237

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERATION IN
COMBINATION METER.

Check
Yes
Does the speedometer operate Go to step 2.
normally?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


Is the resistance less than 10
COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from combination
meter.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
combination meter.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 26 (i11) No. 2:

EN(STI)(diag)-238

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

No
Check the speedometer. <Ref. to
IDI-13, Speedometer.>
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and combination meter connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
combination meter
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BR:DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-167, DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER
THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine is difficult to start.
Engine does not start.
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-239

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-240

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Check air cleaner element.

CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control.
3) Check the electronic throttle control.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0506.
Is there excessive clogging on Replace the air
air cleaner element.
cleaner element.
<Ref. to IN(STI)-8,
Air Cleaner
Case.>
Are there foreign particles in
Remove the forelectronic throttle control?
eign particles from
electronic throttle
control.

EN(STI)(diag)-241

Go to step 3.

Perform the diagnosis of DTC


P2101.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BS:DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-169, DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER
THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-242

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-243

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Start the engine, and idle it.
3) Check the following items.
Loose installation of intake manifold and
throttle body
Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle
body gasket
Disconnections of vacuum hoses
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control.
3) Check the electronic throttle control.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Is there any fault in air intake


system?

Are there foreign particles in


electronic throttle control?

EN(STI)(diag)-244

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0507.
Repair the air suc- Go to step 3.
tion and leaks.

Remove the forPerform the diageign particles from nosis of DTC


electronic throttle P2101.
control.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BT:DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-171, DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-245

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

IGNITION
SWITCH
BATTERY
SBF-4

SBF-1

1
3
B72

INTERRUPT
RELAY
3
2
5
1

B422
TO SECURITY SYSTEM

STARTER
INTERLOCK
RELAY(MT)
B225
27
28
24
26

STARTER
MOTOR

B14
2
1
B106

CLUTCH
SWITCH
(MT)

B137 ECM

B106

B72

1
2

1 2
3 4

B225

9 14 15 16 19 24 25 26 29 34 35 36
10
17
20
27
30
37
11 12 13 18 21 22 23 28 31 32 33 38

B422

B137

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

4
5

EN-04153

EN(STI)(diag)-246

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor operate Repair the battery
when ignition switch is turned short circuit in
to ON?
starter motor circuit. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-247

No
Check the starter
motor circuit. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)58, STARTER
MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics
for Engine Starting Failure.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BU:DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-173, DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
Fuel is cut according to fail-safe function.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-248

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-249

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.


1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Start the engine, and idle it.
3) Check the following items.
Loose installation of intake manifold and
throttle body
Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle
body gasket
Disconnections of vacuum hoses
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control.
3) Check the electronic throttle control.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Is there any fault in air intake


system?

Are there foreign particles in


electronic throttle control?

EN(STI)(diag)-250

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0519.
Repair the air suc- Go to step 3.
tion and leaks.

Remove the forPerform the diageign particles from nosis of DTC


electronic throttle P2101.
control.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BV:DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY


(RAM) ERROR
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-174, DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine does not start.
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-251

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

2
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

D16
B5
B6
B19
D14

SBF-1

A : B134
B : B135 ECM

A6
A7
B1
B4
D7
B12
D1
D2

D : B137

B100

15

6
22
1

F74

13
14
16

24

19

B200

F2
F60
E3

B72

B47

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

A : B134

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

D : B137

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

F74

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04249

EN(STI)(diag)-252

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Yes
No
Does the Subaru Select Moni- Replace the ECM. A temporary poor
tor or general scan tool indi<Ref. to FU(STI)- contact.
cate DTC P0604?
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

BW:DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM)


ERROR
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0607. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-254, DTC P0607 CONTROL
MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-253

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BX:DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-175, DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ
ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> and <Ref. to
GD(STI)-176, DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-254

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

2
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

D16
B5
B6
B19
D14

SBF-1

A : B134
B : B135 ECM

A6
A7
B1
B4
D7
B12
D1
D2

D : B137

B100

15

6
22
1

F74

13
14
16

24

19

B200

F2
F60
E3

B72

B47

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

A : B134

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

D : B137

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

F74

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04249

EN(STI)(diag)-255

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM
Is the voltage 10 13 V?
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage 13 15 V?
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM
1) Start the engine.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage less than 1 V?
CHECK GROUND HARNESS OF ECM
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the open
circuit or ground
short of power
supply circuit.

Go to step 3.

Repair the open


circuit or ground
short of power
supply circuit.

Replace the ECM. Repair the follow<Ref. to FU(STI)- ing:


39, Engine Con Retighten the
trol Module
engine ground
(ECM).>
terminal.
Poor contact
in ECM connector
Poor contact
in coupling connector

BY:DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE


(BANK 1)
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-335, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-256

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BZ:DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-182, DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Radiator fan does not operate properly.
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-257

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
SBF-1

B72

IGNITION
SWITCH
No.18

SBF-4

No.17

25
24

2
12

MAIN FAN
RELAY 1

4
3

MAIN FAN
RELAY 2

F17

E
SUB FAN
MOTOR

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

F27

B72

1 2
3 4

4
3
1
2

4
3
1
2

F16

F27

20A

SUB FAN
RELAY 1

2
1

SUB FAN
RELAY 2

20A

30
34
32
31

F45

29
25
27
28

B62

9
7
5
8

ECM

20
22
24
21

B135

5 6 7 10 15 16 17 20 25 26 27 30
8
11
18
21
28
31
9 12 13 14 19 22 23 24 29 32 33 34

35
36

A/C RELAY HOLDER

B135

F45

F16

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F17

1 2
3 4

EN-04604

EN(STI)(diag)-258

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Does the voltage change 0
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
10 V?
2) Connect the test mode connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating the radiator fan relay, measure voltage between ECM terminal and
ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed
using Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 Chassis ground:
(B135) No. 24 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR RELAY.
1) Remove the main fan relay 1 and main fan
relay 2 from A/C relay holder.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between fuse and
relay box (F/B) connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F27) No. 27 (+) Chassis ground ():
(F27) No. 32 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between main fan
relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 32 No. 34: (Main fan relay 1)
No. 25 No. 27: (Main fan relay 2)
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAIN FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and fan relay connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (F27) No. 32:
(B135) No. 24 (F27) No. 27:

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in ECM or fan relay connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Yes
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

Repair ground
short circuit in
radiator fan relay
control circuit.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between ignition
switch and fuse
and relay box (F/B)
connector.

Is the resistance 87 107 ? Go to step 5.

Replace the main


fan relay.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Repair harness
and connector.

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fan relay
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Is there poor contact in ECM or Repair poor con- Contact your SOA
fan relay connector?
tact in ECM or fan Service Center
relay connector.
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

EN(STI)(diag)-259

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CA:DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-183, DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Radiator fan does not operate properly.
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-260

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
SBF-1

B72

IGNITION
SWITCH
No.18

SBF-4

No.17

25
24

2
12

MAIN FAN
RELAY 1

4
3

MAIN FAN
RELAY 2

F17

E
SUB FAN
MOTOR

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

F27

B72

1 2
3 4

4
3
1
2

4
3
1
2

F16

F27

20A

SUB FAN
RELAY 1

2
1

SUB FAN
RELAY 2

20A

30
34
32
31

F45

29
25
27
28

B62

9
7
5
8

ECM

20
22
24
21

B135

5 6 7 10 15 16 17 20 25 26 27 30
8
11
18
21
28
31
9 12 13 14 19 22 23 24 29 32 33 34

35
36

A/C RELAY HOLDER

B135

F45

F16

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F17

1 2
3 4

EN-04604

EN(STI)(diag)-261

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Does the voltage change 0
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
10 V?
2) Connect the test mode connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating the radiator fan relay, measure the voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed
using the Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation
Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR FAN
RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the fan relay 1, fan relay 2 and fan
mode relay.
3) Disconnect the test mode connector.
4) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B135) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the main fan relay.
3) Measure the resistance between main fan
relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 No. 31: (Main fan relay 1)
No. 28 No. 29: (Main fan relay 2)
CHECK SUB FAN RELAY.
1) Remove the sub fan relay.
2) Measure the resistance between sub fan
relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 8 No. 9: (Sub fan relay 1)
No. 20 No. 21: (Sub fan relay 2)
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Yes
No
Even if malfunction Go to step 2.
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. In
this case, repair
the poor contact in
ECM connector.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in
radiator fan relay
control circuit.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Replace the main


fan relay and
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Replace the sub


fan relay and
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>

Go to step 5.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-262

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CB:DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-184, DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B137 ECM

F60
1
5
9
13

B128

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

T9
NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

T9
B128

B128
B100
1

1 2 3
4 5 6

F2

16

F60
E3

EN-01839

EN(STI)(diag)-263

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Place the shift lever in neutral.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Place the shift lever in a position except for
neutral.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from transmission harness.
3) Place the shift lever in neutral.
4) Measure the resistance between transmission harness and connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T9) No. 2 No. 5:
CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1) Place the shift lever in a position except for
neutral.
2) Measure the resistance between transmission harness connector terminals.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 Chassis ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (B128) No. 2:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
transmission harness connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B128) No. 2 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair short circuit
in transmission
harness or replace
neutral position
switch.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 6.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 7.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 8.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between ECM and
transmission harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 9.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between transmission harness connector and engine
ground terminal.

EN(STI)(diag)-264

Repair short circuit


in transmission
harness or replace
neutral position
switch.
Repair ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission harness
connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in transmission harness
connector.

Check
Is there poor contact in transmission harness connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-265

Yes
Repair poor contact in transmission harness
connector.

No
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CC:DTC P852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-185, DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B137 ECM

F60
1
5
9
13

B128

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

T9
NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

T9
B128

B128
B100
1

1 2 3
4 5 6

F2

16

F60
E3

EN-01839

EN(STI)(diag)-266

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Set the shift lever to except neutral position.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Set the shift lever to neutral position.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


1) Disconnect ECM connector from ECM.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
transmission harness connector (T9).
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and neutral switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 9 (B128) No. 2:

CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


GROUND LINE.
Measure the resistance of harness between
transmission harness connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B128) No. 5 Engine ground:
CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1) Set the shift lever to except neutral position.
2) Measure the resistance between transmission harness connector receptacles terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 5:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in the transmission harness connector.

Check
Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 5.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission connector.
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Go to step 6.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 7.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 8.

Is there poor contact in the


Repair poor contransmission harness connec- tact in transmistor?
sion harness
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-267

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and transmission harness
Poor contact in
transmission harness connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the open
circuit in harness
of neutral position
switch ground line.

Replace the neutral position switch.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CD:DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1


SENSOR1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-186, DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1

2
4
6

B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-268

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (B18) No. 3:
(B134) No. 26 (B18) No. 4:

Check
Is there water in connector?

Is the resistance less than 1


?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Is there poor contact in front
Check poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sen- oxygen (A/F) sensor connecsor connector.
tor?

EN(STI)(diag)-269

Yes
Remove infiltrating water completely.
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the poor
Replace the front
contact in front
oxygen (A/F) senoxygen (A/F) sen- sor. <Ref. to
sor connector.
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CE:DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1


SENSOR1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-188, DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B18

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

1 2

2
B61

3 4
F44

5
3
2

B47

1
3
5

2
1

2
4
6

B18

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

25

33

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F74

19

B200

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

F74

B134

1
5
9
13

6
7

26

F60

2
3

B47

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

F60
E3

EN-04156

EN(STI)(diag)-270

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 Chassis ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 Chassis ground:
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Connect the connector to ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():

Check
Is there water in connector?

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Yes
Remove infiltrating water completely.
Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 5.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the voltage more than 4.95 Go to step 7.
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector V?
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Repair the poor
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
short circuit in har- contact in ECM
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
ness between
and chassis ground.
connector.
Connector & terminal
ECM and front
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-271

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CF:DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-335, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-272

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CG:DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT


LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-192, DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
MAIN RELAY

SBF-5
6
6
4

B61

F44

5
3

B47

PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

2
1

R68

13

R57
R15

R2

12

B98

B134 ECM

R68

B98

1 2

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F44

B47

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3
5

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

2
4
6

EN-04166

EN(STI)(diag)-273

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PRESSURE


CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from pressure
control solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between pressure control solenoid valve connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R68) No. 2 Chassis ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 12 (R68) No. 2:

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 4.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Repair short circuit
to ground in harness between
ECM and pressure
control solenoid
valve connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 5.

CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID


VALVE.
Measure the resistance between pressure
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between pressure
control solenoid valve and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R68) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the resistance 10 100 ? Go to step 6.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7.

EN(STI)(diag)-274

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and pressure
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. <Ref.
to EC(STI)-12,
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve.>
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
pressure control
solenoid valve
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in pressure control
solenoid valve connector.

Check
Is there poor contact in pressure control solenoid valve
connector?

EN(STI)(diag)-275

Yes
Repair poor contact in pressure
control solenoid
valve connector.

No
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CH:DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-194, DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL.
VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
MAIN RELAY

SBF-5
6
6
4

B61

F44

5
3

B47

PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

2
1

R68

13

R57
R15

R2

12

B98

B134 ECM

R68

B98

1 2

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F44

B47

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
3
5

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

2
4
6

EN-04166

EN(STI)(diag)-276

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the test mode connector at the
lower portion of instrument panel (on the
drivers side).
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating the pressure control solenoid valve, measure voltage between ECM
and chassis ground.

Check
Yes
Does the voltage value change Go to step 2.
0 10 V?

NOTE:
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
the procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)46, Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4.
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair poor conCheck for poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
tact in ECM connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PRESSURE


CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from pressure
control solenoid valve.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():

CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID


VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between pressure
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.


Check for poor contact in ECM connector.

No
The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment. In
this case, repair
poor contact in
ECM connector.

Go to step 3.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair short circuit Go to step 5.
to battery in harness between
ECM and pressure
control solenoid
valve connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the pres- Go to step 6.
?
sure control solenoid valve <Ref. to
EC(STI)-12, Pressure Control Solenoid Valve.> and
the ECM <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair poor con- Replace the ECM.
connector?
tact in ECM con- <Ref. to FU(STI)nector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

CI: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:

EN(STI)(diag)-277

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Immediately at fault recognition


GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-196, DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Improper fuel supply
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
SBF-5
6
4

6
B61

F44

5
3

13

6
B98

2
1

R2

R15

1
2
R57

DRAIN
VALVE
CANISTER

R69

B47

R57
R15

R2

13

B98

B134

ECM

R69

F44

1 2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

R57
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04163

EN(STI)(diag)-278

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK VENT LINE HOSES.


Check the following items.
Clogging of vent hoses between canister
and drain valve
Clogging of vent hose between drain valve
and air filter
Clogging of drain filter
CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERATION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the test mode connector at the
lower portion of instrument panel (on the
drivers side).
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Operate the drain valve.

Is there any fault in vent line?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Repair or replace Go to step 3.
faulty parts.

Does the drain valve operate? Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-46, Compulsory
Valve Operation Check Mode.>

EN(STI)(diag)-279

Replace the drain


valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CJ:DTC P1446 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-198, DTC P1446 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE
CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3

B61

F44

2
1
B47
6
8
R15

R2

1
2
R57

FUEL TANK SENSOR


CONTROL VALVE

R144

24

B98

13
5

B134

ECM

R144

B47

1 2

1
3
5

2
4
6

B134

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

R57
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04167

EN(STI)(diag)-280

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK


SENSOR CONTROL VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from fuel tank
sensor control valve and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between fuel tank sensor control valve connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R144) No. 2 Chassis ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK
SENSOR CONTROL VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and fuel tank sensor control valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 24 (R144) No. 2:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

The malfunction
indicator light may
light up, however,
the circuit is
returned to the
normal status at
the moment.
(However, the possibility of poor contact still remains.)

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 5.

Is the resistance 10 100 ? Go to step 6.


CHECK FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL
VALVE.
Measure the resistance between fuel tank sensor control valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

EN(STI)(diag)-281

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
fuel tank sensor
control valve connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair short circuit
to ground in harness between
ECM and fuel tank
sensor control
valve connector.

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fuel tank
sensor control
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the fuel
tank sensor control valve. <Ref. to
EC(STI)-16, Drain
Valve.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
SENSOR CONTROL VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between fuel tank
sensor control valve and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R144) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7.

CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.


Is there poor contact in fuel
Repair poor conCheck for poor contact in fuel tank sensor con- tank sensor control valve con- tact in fuel tank
trol valve connector.
nector?
sensor control
valve connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-282

No
Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and fuel
tank sensor control valve
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Contact your SOA
Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CK:DTC P1447 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-200, DTC P1447 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE
CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3

B61

F44

2
1
B47
6
8
R15

R2

1
2
R57

FUEL TANK SENSOR


CONTROL VALVE

R144

24

B98

13
5

B134

ECM

R144

B47

1 2

1
3
5

2
4
6

B134

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

R57
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04167

EN(STI)(diag)-283

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair short circuit Go to step 4.
to battery in harSENSOR CONTROL VALVE AND ECM CONness between
NECTOR.
ECM and fuel tank
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
sensor control
2) Disconnect the connector from fuel tank
valve connector.
sensor control valve.
After repair,
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
replace the ECM.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM and
<Ref. to FU(STI)chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
39, Engine Con(B134) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
trol Module
(ECM).>
Is the resistance less than 1
Replace the fuel
Go to step 5.
CHECK FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL
?
tank sensor conVALVE.
trol valve <Ref. to
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
EC(STI)-11, Fuel
2) Measure the resistance between fuel tank
Tank Sensor Consensor control valve terminals.
Terminals
trol Valve.> and
No. 1 No. 2:
the ECM <Ref. to
FU(STI)-39,
Engine Control
Module (ECM).>.
CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
Is there poor contact in ECM
Repair poor con- Replace the ECM.
Check for poor contact in ECM connector.
connector?
tact in ECM con- <Ref. to FU(STI)nector.
39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-284

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CL:DTC P1448 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-202, DTC P1448 FUEL TANK SENSOR CONTROL VALVE
RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5
6

5
3

B61

F44

2
1
B47
6
8
R15

R2

1
2
R57

FUEL TANK SENSOR


CONTROL VALVE

R144

24

B98

13
5

B134

ECM

R144

B47

1 2

1
3
5

2
4
6

B134

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B98

3 4 5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

R57
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04167

EN(STI)(diag)-285

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Open the fuel filler flap lid.
CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened


securely?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
the List of Diagnostic Trouble
Codes (DTC).
<Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten fuel filler
cap securely.

Is there any trouble in evapora- Repair the hoses


tive emission line?
and pipes.
NOTE:
Check the following items.
Disconnection, leakage and clogging of
hoses between fuel tank pressure sensor and
fuel tank
Disconnection, leakage and clogging of
hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and
fuel tank

EN(STI)(diag)-286

Replace the fuel


tank pressure sensor.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CM:DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION


PROBLEM
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-205, DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
1 2

24

B137 ECM

F74
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

20

B200
F74

B137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

13

F61
E2

E61

2
1

1 2

E61
PCV
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR

EN-04250

EN(STI)(diag)-287

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

1
2

Step
CHECK BLOW-BY HOSE.
Check the blow-by hose.
INSPECT HARNESS BETWEEN PCV DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from PCV diagnosis connector and ECM.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between PCV diagnosis connector and ECM
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 (E61) No. 2:
INSPECT HARNESS BETWEEN PCV DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
PCV diagnosis connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 Chassis ground:
INSPECT PCV DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR
GROUND CIRCUIT.
Measure the resistance between PCV diagnosis connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B61) No. 1 Engine ground:
INSPECT PCV DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance between PCV diagnosis connector and terminal.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Check
Yes
Is there disconnection or crack Replace or repair
in blow-by hose?
blow-by hose.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 3.
?

No
Go to step 2.
Repair open circuit
in harness
between PCV
diagnosis connector and ECM.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 4.

Repair short circuit


to chassis ground
in harness
between PCV
diagnosis connector and ECM.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

Repair PCV diagnosis connector


ground circuit.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Repair poor contact in ECM and


PCV diagnosis
connector.

Replace PCV
diagnosis connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-288

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CN:DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-207, DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-289

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

IGNITION
SWITCH
BATTERY
SBF-4

SBF-1

1
3
B72

INTERRUPT
RELAY
3
2
5
1

B422
TO SECURITY SYSTEM

STARTER
INTERLOCK
RELAY(MT)
B225
27
28
24
26

STARTER
MOTOR

B14
2
1
B106

CLUTCH
SWITCH
(MT)

B137 ECM

B106

B72

1
2

1 2
3 4

B225

9 14 15 16 19 24 25 26 29 34 35 36
10
17
20
27
30
37
11 12 13 18 21 22 23 28 31 32 33 38

B422

B137

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

4
5

EN-04153

EN(STI)(diag)-290

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
No
CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor operate Repair the harCheck the starter
when ignition switch is turned ness and connec- motor circuit. <Ref.
to START?
tor.
to EN(STI)(diag)58, STARTER
NOTE:
In this case, repair MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics
the following:
Open or ground for Engine Startshort circuit in har- ing Failure.>
ness between
ECM and starter
motor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

EN(STI)(diag)-291

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CO:DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-208, DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-292

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

2
SBF-5
6

5
3
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

D16
B5
B6
B19
D14

SBF-1

A : B134
B : B135 ECM

A6
A7
B1
B4
D7
B12
D1
D2

D : B137

B100

15

6
22
1

F74

13
14
16

24

19

B200

F2
F60
E3

B72

B47

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

F2

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F60

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

A : B134

4
8
12
16

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

D : B137

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

B : B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

F74

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-04249

EN(STI)(diag)-293

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 19 Chassis ground:
CHECK FUSE SBF-5.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Is the resistance less than 10


?

Repair the ground Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM connector
and battery terminal.

Is the fuse blown?

Replace the fuse.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and battery
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
battery terminal

EN(STI)(diag)-294

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CP:DTC P2004 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK


1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-210, DTC P2004 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
STUCK OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH. Does the tumble generator
Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1) Remove the tumble generator valve assem- valve move smoothly? (No dirt ble generator valve generator valve.
or foreign materials clogged)
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2) Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(STI)-32, Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

CQ:DTC P2005 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK


2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-211, DTC P2005 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
STUCK OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH. Does the tumble generator
Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1) Remove the tumble generator valve assem- valve move smoothly? (No dirt ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
or foreign materials clogged)
assembly. <Ref. to
2) Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(STI)-32, Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

EN(STI)(diag)-295

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CR:DTC P2006 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED


(BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-212, DTC P2006 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC) <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH. Does the tumble generator
Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1) Remove the tumble generator valve assem- valve move smoothly? (No dirt ble generator valve generator valve.
or foreign materials clogged)
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2) Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(STI)-32, Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

CS:DTC P2007 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED


(BANK2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-213, DTC P2007 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
STUCK CLOSED (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH. Does the tumble generator
Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1) Remove the tumble generator valve assem- valve move smoothly? (No dirt ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
or foreign materials clogged)
assembly. <Ref. to
2) Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(STI)-32, Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

EN(STI)(diag)-296

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CT:DTC P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN


(BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-214, DTC P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE
ACTUATOR RH

E55

E2

18

F61

F74

B200

B134 ECM

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
1 2

B134

R74

E55

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-01842

EN(STI)(diag)-297

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 1
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR ?
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve and ECM connector.
3) Measure the resistance between tumble
generator valve actuator and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(E55) No. 1 (B134) No. 9:
(E55) No. 2 (B134) No. 8:

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector.

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is there poor contact in tumble Repair the poor


generator valve actuator con- contact in tumble
nector?
generator valve
actuator connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-298

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.
Poor contact in
coupling connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
actuator. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-34, Tumble Generator
Valve Actuator.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CU:DTC P2009 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK


1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-216, DTC P2009 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE
ACTUATOR RH

E55

E2

18

F61

F74

B200

B134 ECM

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
1 2

B134

R74

E55

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-01842

EN(STI)(diag)-299

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the voltage less than 5 V?
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve connector.
3) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(E55) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(E55) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-300

Yes
Replace the tumble generator valve
actuator. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-34, Tumble Generator
Valve Actuator.>

No
Repair the battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CV:DTC P2011 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN


(BANK 2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-218, DTC P2011 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE
ACTUATOR LH

E51

E2

17

F61

F74

10

11

B200

B134 ECM

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

B134

F74

E51

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-04592

EN(STI)(diag)-301

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 1
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR ?
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve and ECM connector.
3) Measure the resistance between tumble
generator valve actuator and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(E51) No. 1 (B134) No. 11:
(E51) No. 2 (B134) No. 10:

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector.

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is there poor contact in tumble Repair the poor


generator valve actuator con- contact in tumble
nector?
generator valve
actuator connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-302

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.
Poor contact in
coupling connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
actuator. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-34, Tumble Generator
Valve Actuator.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CW:DTC P2012 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK


2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-220, DTC P2012 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE
ACTUATOR LH

E51

E2

17

F61

F74

10

11

B200

B134 ECM

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

B134

F74

E51

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

EN-04592

EN(STI)(diag)-303

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the voltage less than 5 V?
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve connector.
3) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(E51) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(E51) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-304

Yes
Replace the tumble generator valve
actuator. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-34, Tumble Generator
Valve Actuator.>

No
Repair the battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CX:DTC P2016 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH


CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-222, DTC P2016 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

E54
1 2 3

1
3
2

F61
E54

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

F2
20
9
18

E2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

4
20
17

F61

F2
B100

B83

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

*
*
B83

B136

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

16
27
35

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B136 ECM

EN-04597

EN(STI)(diag)-305

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage less than 0.1 V? Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 27 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Is the voltage less than 0.1 V? Go to step 6.

Shake the ECM harness and Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector, while monitoring
value of Subaru Select Moni- connector.
tor. Does the voltage change?

EN(STI)(diag)-306

No
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 7.
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from tumble
generator valve position sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():

Is the resistance less than 1


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and tumble generator
valve position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 27 (E54) No. 3:

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Is there poor contact in tumble Repair the poor


generator valve position sen- contact in tumble
sor connector?
generator valve
position sensor
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-307

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
position sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)33, Tumble Generator Valve Position Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CY:DTC P2017 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH


CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-224, DTC P2017 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

E54
1 2 3

1
3
2

F61
E54

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

F2
20
9
18

E2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

4
20
17

F61

F2
B100

B83

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

*
*
B83

B136

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

16
27
35

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

B136 ECM

EN-04597

EN(STI)(diag)-308

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 4.9 V? Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

Is the resistance less than 5


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE
?
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve position sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 2 Engine ground:

Go to step 3.

Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-309

No
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Replace the tumble generator valve
position sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)33, Tumble Generator Valve Position Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CZ:DTC P2021 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-226, DTC P2021 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

E50

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E50

F2
20
10
18

E2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

4
21
17

F61

F2
B83
B100

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

*
*
B83
B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

16
26
35

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B136 ECM

EN-04594

EN(STI)(diag)-310

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage less than 0.1 V? Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4.

Shake the ECM harness and


connector, while monitoring
value of voltage meter. Does
the voltage change?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Is the voltage less than 0.1 V? Go to step 6.

Shake the ECM harness and Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector, while monitoring
value of Subaru Select Moni- connector.
tor. Does the voltage change?

EN(STI)(diag)-311

No
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

Contact your SOA


Service Center
since deterioration of some parts
may be the cause.
Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 7.
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from tumble
generator valve position sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():

Is the resistance less than 1


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM connector and tumble generator
valve position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 26 (E50) No. 3:

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Is there poor contact in tumble Repair the poor


generator valve position sen- contact in tumble
sor connector?
generator valve
position sensor
connector.

EN(STI)(diag)-312

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
position sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)33, Tumble Generator Valve Position Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DA:DTC P2022 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH


CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-228, DTC P2022 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION
SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

E50

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E50

F2
20
10
18

E2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

4
21
17

F61

F2
B83
B100

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

*
*
B83
B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

16
26
35

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B136 ECM

EN-04594

EN(STI)(diag)-313

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.
2) Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or general scan tool.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 4.9 V? Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

Is the resistance less than 5


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE
?
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve position sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 2 Engine ground:

Go to step 3.

Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?


CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-314

No
Even if malfunction
indicator light
lights up, the circuit has returned
to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the
cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Replace the tumble generator valve
position sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)33, Tumble Generator Valve Position Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DB:DTC P2088 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-230, DTC P2088 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B134

ECM

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

28

18

B134
2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B200
5

F74

E38
1 2

1
2

F61
E2

F74
1
2

E38

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

OIL FLOW CONTROL


SOLENOID VALVE RH

EN-04595

EN(STI)(diag)-315

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 (E38) No. 1:
(B134) No. 28 (E38) No. 2:

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1
M?
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure the resistance between ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(E38) No. 1 Engine ground:
(E38) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the resistance 6 12 ?
CHECK OIL FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Remove the oil flow control solenoid valve.
2) Measure the resistance between oil flow
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Go to step 3.

EN(STI)(diag)-316

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and oil flow control solenoid valve.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
oil flow control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector.
Replace the oil
flow control solenoid valve. <Ref.
to ME(STI)-54,
Camshaft.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DC:DTC P2089 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-232, DTC P2089 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B134

ECM

1
8 9
18 19
28 29

28

18

B134
2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B200
5

F74

E38
1 2

1
2

F61
E2

F74
1
2

E38

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

OIL FLOW CONTROL


SOLENOID VALVE RH

EN-04595

EN(STI)(diag)-317

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 (E38) No. 1:
(B134) No. 28 (E38) No. 2:

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1
M?
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(E38) No. 1 Engine ground:
(E38) No. 2 Engine ground:
CHECK OIL FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID
Is the resistance 6 12 ?
VALVE.
1) Remove the oil flow control solenoid valve.
2) Measure the resistance between oil flow
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Go to step 3.

EN(STI)(diag)-318

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and oil flow control solenoid valve.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
oil flow control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector.

Replace the oil


flow control solenoid valve. <Ref.
to ME(STI)-54,
Camshaft.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DD:DTC P2092 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-234, DTC P2092 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT OPEN (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B134

ECM

29

19

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

13

12

B200
F74

E37
F61
3
4

1 2

E2

F74

1
2

E37

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

OIL FLOW CONTROL


SOLENOID VALVE LH

EN-04596

EN(STI)(diag)-319

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 (E37) No. 1:
(B134) No. 29 (E37) No. 2:

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1
M?
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure the resistance between ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(E37) No. 1 Engine ground:
(E37) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the resistance 6 12 ?
CHECK OIL FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Remove the oil flow control solenoid valve.
2) Measure the resistance between oil flow
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Go to step 3.

EN(STI)(diag)-320

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and oil flow control solenoid valve.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
oil flow control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector.
Replace the oil
flow control solenoid valve. <Ref.
to ME(STI)-54,
Camshaft.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DE:DTC P2093 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-236, DTC P2093 OCV SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL A CIRCUIT SHORT (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B134

ECM

29

19

B134
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

F61

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

13

12

B200
F74

E37
F61
3
4

1 2

E2

F74

1
2

E37

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

OIL FLOW CONTROL


SOLENOID VALVE LH

EN-04596

EN(STI)(diag)-321

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 (E37) No. 1:
(B134) No. 29 (E37) No. 2:

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1
M?
FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil
flow control solenoid valve.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM and
oil flow control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal
(E37) No. 1 Engine ground:
(E37) No. 2 Engine ground:
CHECK OIL FLOW CONTROL SOLENOID
Is the resistance 6 12 ?
VALVE.
1) Remove the oil flow control solenoid valve.
2) Measure the resistance between oil flow
control solenoid valve terminal.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:

Go to step 3.

EN(STI)(diag)-322

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and oil flow control solenoid valve.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
oil flow control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and oil flow
control solenoid
valve connector.

Replace the oil


flow control solenoid valve. <Ref.
to ME(STI)-54,
Camshaft.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DF:DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-238, DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM
TOO LEAN BANK 1, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
2

6
4
F61

5
3

F44

T6

B18

4
1

4
1

4
3

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

A26
A33

REAR OXYGEN
SENSOR

B47

T5

A2
A3

B19

2
1

T5
B19

*
*

A : B134

B18

B19
1
3

1 2
3 4

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

2
4

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

T6

B : B135 C : B136

F44

2 1
4 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B:

B135

B47
1
3
5

ECM

B83

2
4
6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

C:

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D : B137

A25

D31

: TERMINAL No.
RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

D25

C35
B2

B83

B136

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B137

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN-04579

EN(STI)(diag)-323

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR


CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (B18) No. 4:
(B134) No. 33 (B18) No. 3:

Is there water in connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


REAR OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 33 Chassis ground:
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Connect the connector to ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Yes
No
Check DTC using Go to step 2.
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P2096.
Remove infiltratGo to step 3.
ing water completely.
Go to step 4.
Repair the harness and connector.

Go to step 5.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 6.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Go to step 7.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Repair the poor
short circuit in har- contact in ECM
ness between
connector.
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-324

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Is the voltage more than 4.95
Measure the voltage between ECM connector V?
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

10

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

11

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.


Warning:
Place NO FIRE signs near the working
area.
Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.
Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake
manifold. <Ref. to ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION,
Fuel Pressure.>

Yes
Go to step 8.

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Are there holes or loose bolts Repair the exhaust
on exhaust system?
system.
Are there holes, loose bolts or Repair the air
disconnection of hose on air
intake system.
intake system?
Is the measured value 284 Go to step 12.
314 kPa (2.9 3.2 kgf/cm2, 41
46 psi)?

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.

12

NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze
fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel
pressure again.
CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
Is the measured value 230 Go to step 13.
After connecting the pressure regulator vac260 kPa (2.35 2.65 kgf/cm2,
uum hose, measure fuel pressure. <Ref. to
33 38 psi)?
ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION, Fuel Pressure.>
Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase,
squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then
measure fuel pressure again.
If the measured value at this step is out of
specification, check or replace the pressure
regulator and pressure regulator vacuum hose.

EN(STI)(diag)-325

No
Go to step 9.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 10.
Go to step 11.

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Faulty pressure regulator
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Faulty pressure regulator
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

13

14

15

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Is the temperature above 60C Go to step 14.
SENSOR.
(140F)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.
2) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR Is the measured value 2.7
TEMPERATURE.
4.7 g/s (0.36 0.62 lb/m)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Open the front hood.
6) Measure the ambient temperature.
7) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.

No
Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Go to step 15.

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Subtract ambient temperature Go to step 16.


from intake air temperature. Is
the obtained value 10 50C
(18 90F)?

Check the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-326

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

16

17

18

19

Step
Check
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
Is the voltage more than 490
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes at
the longest)
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNEC- Is there water in connector?
TOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
Is the resistance more than 3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 25 (T6) No. 3:
(B136) No. 35 (T6) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- Is the voltage 0.2 0.5 V?
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-327

Yes
Go to step 20.

No
Go to step 17.

Remove infiltratGo to step 18.


ing water completely.
Repair open circuit Go to step 19.
in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

20

21

Step
Check
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
Is the voltage less than 250
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V
AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
for more than 5 minutes during
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
idling?
temperature exceeds 70C (158F), and leave
it for 5 minutes or more with idling.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-328

Yes
Go to step 21.

No
Go to step 17.

Replace the front Go to step 18.


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DG:DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-240, DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM
TOO RICH BANK 1, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY

MAIN RELAY
2

6
4
F61

5
3

F44

T6

B18

4
1

4
1

4
3

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

A26
A33

REAR OXYGEN
SENSOR

B47

T5

A2
A3

B19

2
1

T5
B19

*
*

A : B134

B18

B19
1
3

1 2
3 4

A:
1
8 9
18 19
28 29

2
10
20
30

2
4

B134

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

T6

B : B135 C : B136

F44

2 1
4 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B:

B135

B47
1
3
5

ECM

B83

2
4
6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

C:

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

D : B137

A25

D31

: TERMINAL No.
RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

D25

C35
B2

B83

B136

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

D:
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

B137

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

EN-04579

EN(STI)(diag)-329

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR


CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
REAR OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (B18) No. 4:
(B134) No. 33 (B18) No. 3:

Is there water in connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


REAR OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 Chassis ground:
(B134) No. 33 Chassis ground:
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Connect the connector to ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 26 (+) Chassis ground ():

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Yes
No
Check DTC using Go to step 2.
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P2097.
Remove infiltratGo to step 3.
ing water completely.
Go to step 4.
Repair the harness and connector.

Go to step 5.

Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 6.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Go to step 7.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Repair the poor
short circuit in har- contact in ECM
ness between
connector.
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-330

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Is the voltage more than 4.95
Measure the voltage between ECM connector V?
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 33 (+) Chassis ground ():

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

10

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

11

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.


Warning:
Place NO FIRE signs near the working
area.
Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.
Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake
manifold. <Ref. to ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION,
Fuel Pressure.>

Yes
Go to step 8.

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Are there holes or loose bolts Repair the exhaust
on exhaust system?
system.
Are there holes, loose bolts or Repair the air
disconnection of hose on air
intake system.
intake system?
Is the measured value 284 Go to step 12.
314 kPa (2.9 3.2 kgf/cm2, 41
46 psi)?

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.

12

NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze
fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel
pressure again.
CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
Is the measured value 230 Go to step 13.
After connecting the pressure regulator vac260 kPa (2.35 2.65 kgf/cm2,
uum hose, measure fuel pressure. <Ref. to
33 38 psi)?
ME(STI)-26, INSPECTION, Fuel Pressure.>
Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase,
squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then
measure fuel pressure again.
If the measured value at this step is out of
specification, check or replace the pressure
regulator and pressure regulator vacuum hose.

EN(STI)(diag)-331

No
Go to step 9.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 10.
Go to step 11.

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Faulty pressure regulator
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Faulty pressure regulator
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

13

14

15

Step
Check
Yes
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Is the temperature above 60C Go to step 14.
SENSOR.
(140F)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.
2) Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor
or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR Is the measured value 2.7
TEMPERATURE.
4.7 g/s (0.36 0.62 lb/m)?
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Open the front hood.
6) Measure the ambient temperature.
7) Read the data of mass air flow and intake
air temperature sensor signal using Subaru
Select Monitor or general scan tool.

No
Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-25,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Go to step 15.

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Subtract ambient temperature Go to step 16.


from intake air temperature. Is
the obtained value 10 50C
(18 90F)?

Check the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-29, Mass
Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. <Ref.
to EN(STI)(diag)-28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-332

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

16

17

18

19

Step
Check
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
Is the voltage more than 490
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes at
the longest)
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNEC- Is there water in connector?
TOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
Is the resistance more than 3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
?
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3) Measure the resistance of harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 25 (T6) No. 3:
(B136) No. 35 (T6) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- Is the voltage 0.2 0.5 V?
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-333

Yes
Go to step 20.

No
Go to step 17.

Remove infiltratGo to step 18.


ing water completely.
Repair open circuit Go to step 19.
in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to FU(STI)38, Rear Oxygen
Sensor.>

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

20

21

Step
Check
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
Is the voltage less than 250
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
mV?
temperature is above 70C (158F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Depress the clutch pedal.
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V
AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
for more than 5 minutes during
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
idling?
temperature exceeds 70C (158F), and leave
it for 5 minutes or more with idling.
2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan
tool.
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)28, Subaru Select Monitor.>
General scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
general scan tool instruction manual.

EN(STI)(diag)-334

Yes
Go to step 21.

No
Go to step 17.

Replace the front Go to step 18.


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(STI)-36, Front
Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DH:DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/


PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-179, DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL
RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>, <Ref. to GD(STI)190, DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> and
<Ref. to GD(STI)-242, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-335

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-336

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.
3) Using a lead wire, connect the positive terminal of battery to electronic throttle control
relay terminal No. 1, and ground terminal of
battery to electronic throttle control relay terminal No. 3.
4) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 4:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
(B309) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control relay connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control relay connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 3 Engine ground:
(B309) No. 4 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and electronic throttle control relay connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 35 (B309) No. 3:
(B137) No. 6 (B309) No. 4:
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Connect all the connectors.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors (B136, F61), electronic throttle control connector harness while
monitoring value of voltage meter.

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

No
Replace the electronic throttle control relay.

Repair the open


power supply circuit or ground
short.

Is the voltage less than 5 V?

Repair the ground Go to step 4.


short of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 7.

EN(STI)(diag)-337

Go to step 9.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

12

13

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Connect all the connectors.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact between ECM connector
and electronic throttle control connector.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (E57) No. 5:
CHECK THE HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 18 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 29 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK SHORT OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 Engine ground:
(E57) No. 4 Engine ground:
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Connect all the connectors.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal, using the Subaru Select Monitor.
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 8.

No
Go to step 9.

Is there poor contact between Repair the poor


ECM connector and electronic contact.
throttle control connector?
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 10.
?

Go to step 13.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 11.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 12.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance more than 10 Go to step 13.


?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Is the voltage 4.63 V?

Go to step 16.

EN(STI)(diag)-338

Go to step 14.

Repair the open


harness connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal,
using the Subaru Select Monitor.
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (E57) No. 3:
(B136) No. 18 (E57) No. 6:
(B136) No. 29 (E57) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 (+) Engine ground ():
(E57) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the ECM.
3) Measure the voltage between ECM connectors.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 (B136) No. 35:
(B136) No. 29 (B136) No. 35:

Check
Is the voltage 4.73 V?

Yes
Go to step 15.

Is there poor contact in connectors between ECM and


electronic throttle control?
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Repair the poor


Go to step 21.
contact in connectors.
Go to step 17.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 18.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 19.

Repair the battery


short of harness
between ECM
connector and
electronic throttle
control connector.

Is the voltage less than 10 V?

Go to step 20.

Repair the short of


harness between
ECM connector
and electronic
throttle control
connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 21.

Repair the short of


sensor power supply.

EN(STI)(diag)-339

No
Go to step 16.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all the connectors except electronic throttle control replay.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of main throttle sensor signals, using Subaru Select Monitor.

Check
Is the voltage 0.81 0.87 V?

Yes
Go to step 22.

22

CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF SENSOR.


Read the data of sub throttle sensor signals,
using Subaru Select Monitor.

Is the voltage 1.64 1.70 V?

Go to step 23.

23

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 5 (E57) No. 2:
(B137) No. 4 (E57) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR.
1) Connect the connectors to ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
(E57) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 2 Engine ground:
(E57) No. 1 Engine ground:
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR HARNESS.
Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 2 (E57) No. 1:
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 3 Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 24.

Is the voltage less than 5 V?

Go to step 25.

Repair the short of


harness to power
supply circuit
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 26.

Repair the short of


harness.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 27.

Repair the short of


harness.

Is the resistance less than 10


?

Go to step 28.

Repair the open


circuit harness.

21

24

25

26

27

EN(STI)(diag)-340

No
Repair the poor
contact in electronic throttle control connector. If
problem persists,
replace the electronic throttle control.
Repair the poor
contact in electronic throttle control connector. If
problem persists,
replace the electronic throttle control.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

28

29

Step
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Open and close the throttle valve to its full
width with finger.

Check
Is the resistance less than 5
?

Yes
Go to step 29.

Does it return to specified position (3 mm (0.12 in) open from


fully closed position.) when finger is released?

Repair the poor


Replace the eleccontact in ECM
tronic throttle conconnector. If prob- trol.
lem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

EN(STI)(diag)-341

No
Replace the electronic throttle control.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DI: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-244, DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-342

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-343

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.
3) Using a lead wire, connect the positive terminal of battery to electronic throttle control
terminal No. 1, and ground terminal of battery
to electronic throttle control terminal No. 3.
4) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 2 (B309) No. 4:
CHECK POWER TO ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
(B309) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control relay connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control relay connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 3 Engine ground:
(B309) No. 4 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control relay connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 35 (B309) No. 3:
(B137) No. 6 (B309) No. 4:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 2.

Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3.

No
Replace the electronic throttle control relay.

Repair the open


power supply circuit or ground
short.

Is the voltage less than 5 V?

Repair the ground Go to step 4.


short of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Repair the open


harness between
ECM and electronic throttle control relay.

EN(STI)(diag)-344

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DJ:DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-246, DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-345

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-346

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.
3) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 4:
CHECK SHORT OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control relay connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B309) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 35 Engine ground:

Check
Is the resistance more than 1
M?

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Replace the electronic throttle control relay.

Is the voltage more than 5 V?

Go to step 3.

Repair the short of


power supply to
harness between
ECM and electronic throttle control relay.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Repair the ground


short of harness
between ECM and
electronic throttle
control relay.

DK:DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR A MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-335, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(STI)(diag)-347

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DL:DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH D CIRCUIT


LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-250, DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH D CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN

SUB
B315

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
POSITION
SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

F60

B315

1
5
9
13

*
*

C35

C28

C16

C34

C17

C15

B83

ECM

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B83

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

A: B134

*
*

C: B136

D1

A34

B122

D2

D: B137

A: B134
1 2
8 9 10
18 19 20
28 29 30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

C: B136

B100
F2

16

F60

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D: B137

E3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
EN-04713

EN(STI)(diag)-348

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (+) (B136) No. 34 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
accelerator pedal position sensor.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (B315) No. 5:
(B136) No. 15 (B315) No. 3:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 15 Chassis ground:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 4:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when accelerator pedal is
released.
Terminals
No. 5 No. 4:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there poor contact in conRepair the poor


nectors between ECM and
contact in connecaccelerator pedal position sen- tors.
sor?

Connector has
returned to its normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance 1.2 4.8


k?

Go to step 7.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.2 1.0


k?

Go to step 8.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

EN(STI)(diag)-349

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION Is the resistance 0.5 2.5
SENSOR.
k?
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Terminals
No. 5 No. 4:

EN(STI)(diag)-350

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

No
Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DM:DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH D CIRCUIT


HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-252, DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH D CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN

SUB
B315

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
POSITION
SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

F60

B315

1
5
9
13

*
*

C35

C28

C16

C34

C17

C15

B83

ECM

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B83

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

A: B134

*
*

C: B136

D1

A34

B122

D2

D: B137

A: B134
1 2
8 9 10
18 19 20
28 29 30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

C: B136

B100
F2

16

F60

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D: B137

E3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
EN-04713

EN(STI)(diag)-351

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Read the data of main accelerator pedal
position sensor signals, using Subaru Select
Monitor.
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connector, accelerator pedal
position sensor connector harness while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 34 (B315) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 4 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there any poor contact in


Repair the poor
connectors between ECM and contact in connecaccelerator pedal position sen- tors.
sor?

Connector has
returned to its normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
in the connector
might have been
the cause.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage more than 6 V? Go to step 6.
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ACCELERA- Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 7.
TOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.

EN(STI)(diag)-352

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Repair the battery
short of harness
between ECM
connector and
accelerator pedal
position sensor
connector.

Repair the short of


harness between
ECM connector
and accelerator
pedal position sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage 4.8 V?
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-353

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

No
Repair the poor
contact in accelerator pedal position
sensor connector.
If problem persists,
replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DN:DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH E CIRCUIT


LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-254, DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH E CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN

SUB
B315

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
POSITION
SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

F60

B315

1
5
9
13

*
*

C35

C28

C16

C34

C17

C15

B83

ECM

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B83

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

A: B134

*
*

C: B136

D1

A34

B122

D2

D: B137

A: B134
1 2
8 9 10
18 19 20
28 29 30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

C: B136

B100
F2

16

F60

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D: B137

E3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
EN-04713

EN(STI)(diag)-354

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 28 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 28 (B315) No. 2:
(B136) No. 16 (B315) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 28 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 6:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there any poor contact in


Repair the poor
connectors between ECM and contact in connecaccelerator pedal position sen- tors.
sor?

Connector has
returned to its normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
in the connector
might have been
the cause.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance 0.75 3.15


k?

Go to step 7.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

EN(STI)(diag)-355

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when accelerator pedal is
released.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 6:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 6:

Check
Is the resistance 0.15 0.63
k?

Yes
Go to step 8.

No
Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.28 1.68


k?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

EN(STI)(diag)-356

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DO:DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH E CIRCUIT


HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-256, DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH E CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN

SUB
B315

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
POSITION
SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

F60

B315

1
5
9
13

*
*

C35

C28

C16

C34

C17

C15

B83

ECM

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B83

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

A: B134

*
*

C: B136

D1

A34

B122

D2

D: B137

A: B134
1 2
8 9 10
18 19 20
28 29 30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

C: B136

B100
F2

16

F60

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D: B137

E3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
EN-04713

EN(STI)(diag)-357

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Read the data of sub accelerator pedal
position sensor signals, using Subaru Select
Monitor.
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connector, accelerator pedal
position sensor connector harness while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.


1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (B315) No. 6:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 6 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there any poor contact in


Repair the poor
connectors between ECM and contact in connecaccelerator pedal position sen- tors.
sor?

Connector has
returned to its normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
in the connector
might have been
the cause.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 1


?

Go to step 4.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage less than 6 V?
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ACCELERA- Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 7.
TOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.

EN(STI)(diag)-358

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Repair the battery
short of harness
between ECM
connector and
accelerator pedal
position sensor
connector.

Repair the short of


harness between
ECM connector
and accelerator
pedal position sensor connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage 4.8 V?
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-359

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

No
Repair the poor
contact in accelerator pedal position
sensor connector.
If problem persists,
replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DP:DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A/B VOLTAGE RATIONALITY


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-258, DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH A / B VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(STI)(diag)-360

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B61

B309

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5
8

2
1
3
4

ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
RELAY

TO MAIN RELAY

D6
B35

16

15

F61

F60

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B317

B122

F44

1 2
3 4

1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

4
5
3

1
2
1 2
3 4

E57

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL

F74

B83

B83

E3

E
E57

B309

*
*
F2

E2

B122

4
17
24

12
20
18

F74

19

E56

*
*

B100

1
10
9

3
4

B200
1

B317

ECM

D: B137

C16
C35
B1
B4
D1
D2

C: B136

C29

C18

D4
D5

D3

B: B135

F60

F2

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B: B135
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
32 33
34 35
28 29 30 31

C: B136
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

EN(STI)(diag)-361

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

F61

4
8
12
16

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20
5

D: B137
5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31

EN-04159

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 29 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 16 (E57) No. 5:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 29 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK SHORT OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 Engine ground:
(E57) No. 4 Engine ground:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Is there any poor contact in


connectors between ECM and
electronic throttle control?
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Repair the poor


Go to step 14.
contact in connectors.
Go to step 5.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 6.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 7.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Is the resistance more than 10 Go to step 8.


?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

EN(STI)(diag)-362

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

12

13

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect all the connectors.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Read the data of main throttle sensor signals, using Subaru Select Monitors.
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connector, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signals, using Subaru Select Monitors.
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connector, electronic throttle
control connector harness while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.

Check
Is the voltage less than 4.63
V?

Yes
Go to step 9.

No
Go to step 11.

Is the voltage less than 4.73


V?

Go to step 10.

Go to step 11.

Is there any poor contact in


Repair the poor
Connector has
connectors between ECM and contact in connec- returned to a norelectronic throttle control?
tors.
mal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
in the connector
might have been
the cause.
Is the resistance less than 1
Go to step 12.
Repair the open
?
harness connector.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 35 (E57) No. 3:
(B136) No. 18 (E57) No. 6:
(B136) No. 29 (E57) No. 4:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 5
Go to step 13.
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
?
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 3 Engine ground:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 14.
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.

EN(STI)(diag)-363

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

Repair the battery


short of harness
between ECM
connector and
electronic throttle
control connector.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

14

15

16

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Measure the voltage between electronic
throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 (+) Engine ground ():
(E57) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connectors, while monitoring
value of voltage meter.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the electronic throttle control
connector.
3) Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 18 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
(B136) No. 29 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL HARNESS.
1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2) Disconnect the connector from electronic
throttle control.
3) Measure the resistance between electronic
throttle control connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(E57) No. 6 (E57) No. 4:

Check
Is the voltage less than 10 V?

Yes
Go to step 15.

No
Repair the short of
harness between
ECM connector
and electronic
throttle control
connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 16.

Repair the short of


power supply sensor.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Repair the poor


Repair the short of
contact in ECM
harness.
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.

EN(STI)(diag)-364

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DQ:DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH D/E VOLTAGE RATIONALITY


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-260, DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH D / E VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
MAIN

SUB
B315

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
POSITION
SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

F60

B315

1
5
9
13

*
*

C35

C28

C16

C34

C17

C15

B83

ECM

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F2

7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B83

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

A: B134

*
*

C: B136

D1

A34

B122

D2

D: B137

A: B134
1 2
8 9 10
18 19 20
28 29 30

3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
33 34
31 32

C: B136

B100
F2

16

F60

1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
31 32

5 6
14 15 16
25 26 27
33 34 35

D: B137

E3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
28 29
30 31
26 27

: TERMINAL No. RANDOM ARRANGEMENT

E
EN-04713

EN(STI)(diag)-365

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (+) (B136) No. 34 ():
(B136) No. 28 (+) (B136) No. 35 ():
3) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
accelerator pedal position sensor connector
and harness.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (B315) No. 5:
(B136) No. 15 (B315) No. 3:
(B136) No. 28 (B315) No. 2:
(B136) No. 16 (B315) No. 1:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 15 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 28 Chassis ground:
(B136) No. 16 Chassis ground:
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
(B315) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 4:

Check
Yes
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Is there any poor contact in


connectors between ECM and
electronic throttle control?
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Repair the poor


Go to step 12.
contact in connectors.
Go to step 4.
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance more than 1


M?

Go to step 5.

Repair the ground


short of harness.

Is the voltage 4.5 5.5 V?

Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

Is the resistance 1.2 4.8


k?

Go to step 7.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

EN(STI)(diag)-366

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

11

12

13

Step
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 6:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when the acceleration pedal is
released.
Terminals
No. 5 No. 4:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when the acceleration pedal is
released.
Connector & terminal
No. 2 No. 6:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when the acceleration pedal is
depressed.
Terminals
No. 5 No. 4:
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR.
Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal
position sensor when the acceleration pedal is
depressed.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 6:
CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all the connectors.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Read the data of main accelerator pedal
position sensor signals and sub accelerator
pedal position sensor signals, using Subaru
Select Monitor.
5) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
engine harness connector, accelerator pedal
position sensor connector harness while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Check poor contact in connectors between
ECM and electronic throttle control.

Check
Is the resistance 0.75 3.15
k?

Yes
Go to step 8.

No
Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.2 0.8


k?

Go to step 9.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.15 0.63


k?

Go to step 10.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.5 2.5


k?

Go to step 11.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the resistance 0.28 1.68


k?

Go to step 12.

Replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.


to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 13.

Go to step 14.

Is there any poor contact in


Repair the poor
Go to step 19.
connectors between ECM and contact in connecelectronic throttle control?
tors.

EN(STI)(diag)-367

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

14

15

16

17

18

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 34 (B315) No. 4:
(B136) No. 35 (B315) No. 6:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 4 Engine ground:
(B315) No. 6 Engine ground:

Check
Is the resistance less than 1
?

Yes
Go to step 15.

No
Repair the open
harness connector.

Is the resistance less than 5


?

Go to step 16.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
Repair the battery
short of harness
between ECM
connector and
accelerator pedal
position sensor.

Go to step 17.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage less than 6 V?
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Connect the ECM connector.
2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
(B315) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
4) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO ACCELERA- Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 18.
TOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Measure the voltage between accelerator
pedal position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 5 (+) Engine ground ():
(B315) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
2) Shake the ECM harness and connector,
while monitoring value of voltage meter.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 19.
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B136) No. 28 (+) Chassis ground ():

EN(STI)(diag)-368

Repair the short of


harness between
ECM connector
and accelerator
pedal position sensor connector.

Repair the poor


contact in accelerator pedal position
sensor connector.
If problem persists,
replace the accelerator pedal. <Ref.
to SP(STI)-3,
Accelerator
Pedal.>

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

19

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the resistance less than 1
CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. M?
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator
pedal position sensor.
4) Measure the resistance between terminals
of accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B315) No. 5 (B315) No. 2:

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector. If problem persists,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>

No
Repair the short of
harness between
accelerator pedal
position sensor
connector and
accelerator pedal
position sensor
connector.

DR:DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-262, DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

Yes
Check DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

DS:DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-263, DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

EN(STI)(diag)-369

Yes
Check DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DT:DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(STI)-264, DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-45,
OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(STI)(diag)-36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.

Check
Is any other DTC displayed?

EN(STI)(diag)-370

Yes
Check DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(STI)(diag)-69,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Replace the ECM.
<Ref. to FU(STI)39, Engine Control Module
(ECM).>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

General Diagnostic Table


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

19.General Diagnostic Table


A: INSPECTION
1. ENGINE
NOTE:
Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to ME(STI)-90, Engine Trouble in General.>
Symptom

1. Engine stalls during idling.

2. Rough idling

3. Engine does not return to idle.

4. Poor acceleration

5. Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at


acceleration.

6. Surge

Problem parts
1) Electronic throttle control
2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
3) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
4) Ignition parts (*1)
5) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
6) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
7) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
1) Electronic throttle control
2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
3) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
5) Ignition parts (*1)
6) Air intake system (*5)
7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
8) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
9) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
10) Oxygen sensor
11) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Electronic throttle control
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
3) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
4) Mass air flow sensor
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Electronic throttle control
4) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
6) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
7) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
8) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
9) A/C switch and A/C cut relay
10) Engine torque control signal circuit
11) Ignition parts (*1)
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Purge control solenoid valve
7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Fuel injection parts (*4)
7) Throttle position sensor
8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay

EN(STI)(diag)-371

General Diagnostic Table


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Symptom

7. Spark knock

8. After-burning in exhaust system

Problem parts
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor
4) Knock sensor
5) Fuel injection parts (*4)
6) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay

*1: Check ignition coil and ignitor assembly and spark plug.
*2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
*3: Ensure the secure installation.
*4: Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter.
*5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.

EN(STI)(diag)-372

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen